Home | History | Annotate | Line # | Download | only in drivers
      1 /*
      2  * Driver interface definition
      3  * Copyright (c) 2003-2017, Jouni Malinen <j (at) w1.fi>
      4  *
      5  * This software may be distributed under the terms of the BSD license.
      6  * See README for more details.
      7  *
      8  * This file defines a driver interface used by both %wpa_supplicant and
      9  * hostapd. The first part of the file defines data structures used in various
     10  * driver operations. This is followed by the struct wpa_driver_ops that each
     11  * driver wrapper will beed to define with callback functions for requesting
     12  * driver operations. After this, there are definitions for driver event
     13  * reporting with wpa_supplicant_event() and some convenience helper functions
     14  * that can be used to report events.
     15  */
     16 
     17 #ifndef DRIVER_H
     18 #define DRIVER_H
     19 
     20 #define WPA_SUPPLICANT_DRIVER_VERSION 4
     21 
     22 #include "common/defs.h"
     23 #include "common/ieee802_11_defs.h"
     24 #include "common/wpa_common.h"
     25 #ifdef CONFIG_MACSEC
     26 #include "pae/ieee802_1x_kay.h"
     27 #endif /* CONFIG_MACSEC */
     28 #include "utils/list.h"
     29 
     30 #define HOSTAPD_CHAN_DISABLED 0x00000001
     31 #define HOSTAPD_CHAN_NO_IR 0x00000002
     32 #define HOSTAPD_CHAN_RADAR 0x00000008
     33 #define HOSTAPD_CHAN_HT40PLUS 0x00000010
     34 #define HOSTAPD_CHAN_HT40MINUS 0x00000020
     35 #define HOSTAPD_CHAN_HT40 0x00000040
     36 #define HOSTAPD_CHAN_SURVEY_LIST_INITIALIZED 0x00000080
     37 
     38 #define HOSTAPD_CHAN_DFS_UNKNOWN 0x00000000
     39 #define HOSTAPD_CHAN_DFS_USABLE 0x00000100
     40 #define HOSTAPD_CHAN_DFS_UNAVAILABLE 0x00000200
     41 #define HOSTAPD_CHAN_DFS_AVAILABLE 0x00000300
     42 #define HOSTAPD_CHAN_DFS_MASK 0x00000300
     43 
     44 #define HOSTAPD_CHAN_VHT_80MHZ_SUBCHANNEL 0x00000800
     45 #define HOSTAPD_CHAN_VHT_160MHZ_SUBCHANNEL 0x00001000
     46 #define HOSTAPD_CHAN_EHT_320MHZ_SUBCHANNEL 0x00002000
     47 
     48 #define HOSTAPD_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY 0x00010000
     49 #define HOSTAPD_CHAN_GO_CONCURRENT 0x00020000
     50 
     51 /* Allowed bandwidth mask */
     52 enum hostapd_chan_width_attr {
     53 	HOSTAPD_CHAN_WIDTH_10   = BIT(0),
     54 	HOSTAPD_CHAN_WIDTH_20   = BIT(1),
     55 	HOSTAPD_CHAN_WIDTH_40P  = BIT(2),
     56 	HOSTAPD_CHAN_WIDTH_40M  = BIT(3),
     57 	HOSTAPD_CHAN_WIDTH_80   = BIT(4),
     58 	HOSTAPD_CHAN_WIDTH_160  = BIT(5),
     59 	HOSTAPD_CHAN_WIDTH_320  = BIT(6),
     60 };
     61 
     62 /* Filter gratuitous ARP */
     63 #define WPA_DATA_FRAME_FILTER_FLAG_ARP BIT(0)
     64 /* Filter unsolicited Neighbor Advertisement */
     65 #define WPA_DATA_FRAME_FILTER_FLAG_NA BIT(1)
     66 /* Filter unicast IP packets encrypted using the GTK */
     67 #define WPA_DATA_FRAME_FILTER_FLAG_GTK BIT(2)
     68 
     69 #define HOSTAPD_DFS_REGION_FCC	1
     70 #define HOSTAPD_DFS_REGION_ETSI	2
     71 #define HOSTAPD_DFS_REGION_JP	3
     72 
     73 /**
     74  * enum reg_change_initiator - Regulatory change initiator
     75  */
     76 enum reg_change_initiator {
     77 	REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE,
     78 	REGDOM_SET_BY_USER,
     79 	REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER,
     80 	REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE,
     81 	REGDOM_BEACON_HINT,
     82 };
     83 
     84 /**
     85  * enum reg_type - Regulatory change types
     86  */
     87 enum reg_type {
     88 	REGDOM_TYPE_UNKNOWN,
     89 	REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY,
     90 	REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD,
     91 	REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD,
     92 	REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION,
     93 };
     94 
     95 /**
     96  * struct hostapd_wmm_rule - WMM regulatory rule
     97  * @min_cwmin: Lower bound of CW_min value
     98  * @min_cwmax: Lower bound of CW_max value
     99  * @min_aifs: Lower bound of AIFS value
    100  * @max_txop: Upper bound of TXOP, value in units of 32 usec
    101  */
    102 struct hostapd_wmm_rule {
    103 	int min_cwmin;
    104 	int min_cwmax;
    105 	int min_aifs;
    106 	int max_txop;
    107 };
    108 
    109 /**
    110  * struct hostapd_channel_data - Channel information
    111  */
    112 struct hostapd_channel_data {
    113 	/**
    114 	 * chan - Channel number (IEEE 802.11)
    115 	 */
    116 	short chan;
    117 
    118 	/**
    119 	 * freq - Frequency in MHz
    120 	 */
    121 	int freq;
    122 
    123 	/**
    124 	 * flag - Channel flags (HOSTAPD_CHAN_*)
    125 	 */
    126 	int flag;
    127 
    128 	/**
    129 	 * allowed_bw - Allowed channel width bitmask
    130 	 *
    131 	 * See enum hostapd_chan_width_attr.
    132 	 */
    133 	u32 allowed_bw;
    134 
    135 	/**
    136 	 * max_tx_power - Regulatory transmit power limit in dBm
    137 	 */
    138 	u8 max_tx_power;
    139 
    140 	/**
    141 	 * survey_list - Linked list of surveys (struct freq_survey)
    142 	 */
    143 	struct dl_list survey_list;
    144 
    145 	/**
    146 	 * min_nf - Minimum observed noise floor, in dBm, based on all
    147 	 * surveyed channel data
    148 	 */
    149 	s8 min_nf;
    150 
    151 #ifdef CONFIG_ACS
    152 	/**
    153 	 * interference_factor - Computed interference factor on this
    154 	 * channel (used internally in src/ap/acs.c; driver wrappers do not
    155 	 * need to set this)
    156 	 */
    157 	long double interference_factor;
    158 #endif /* CONFIG_ACS */
    159 
    160 	/**
    161 	 * dfs_cac_ms - DFS CAC time in milliseconds
    162 	 */
    163 	unsigned int dfs_cac_ms;
    164 
    165 	/**
    166 	 * wmm_rules_valid - Indicates wmm_rules state
    167 	 */
    168 	int wmm_rules_valid;
    169 
    170 	/**
    171 	 * wmm_rules - WMM regulatory rules
    172 	 */
    173 	struct hostapd_wmm_rule wmm_rules[WMM_AC_NUM];
    174 
    175 	/**
    176 	 * punct_bitmap - RU puncturing bitmap
    177 	 */
    178 	u16 punct_bitmap;
    179 };
    180 
    181 #define HE_MAC_CAPAB_0		0
    182 #define HE_MAX_MAC_CAPAB_SIZE	6
    183 #define HE_MAX_PHY_CAPAB_SIZE	11
    184 #define HE_MAX_MCS_CAPAB_SIZE	12
    185 #define HE_MAX_PPET_CAPAB_SIZE	25
    186 
    187 /**
    188  * struct he_capabilities - IEEE 802.11ax HE capabilities
    189  */
    190 struct he_capabilities {
    191 	u8 he_supported;
    192 	u8 phy_cap[HE_MAX_PHY_CAPAB_SIZE];
    193 	u8 mac_cap[HE_MAX_MAC_CAPAB_SIZE];
    194 	u8 mcs[HE_MAX_MCS_CAPAB_SIZE];
    195 	u8 ppet[HE_MAX_PPET_CAPAB_SIZE];
    196 	u16 he_6ghz_capa;
    197 };
    198 
    199 /* struct eht_capabilities - IEEE 802.11be EHT capabilities */
    200 struct eht_capabilities {
    201 	bool eht_supported;
    202 	u16 mac_cap;
    203 	u8 phy_cap[EHT_PHY_CAPAB_LEN];
    204 	u8 mcs[EHT_MCS_NSS_CAPAB_LEN];
    205 	u8 ppet[EHT_PPE_THRESH_CAPAB_LEN];
    206 };
    207 
    208 #define HOSTAPD_MODE_FLAG_HT_INFO_KNOWN BIT(0)
    209 #define HOSTAPD_MODE_FLAG_VHT_INFO_KNOWN BIT(1)
    210 #define HOSTAPD_MODE_FLAG_HE_INFO_KNOWN BIT(2)
    211 
    212 
    213 enum ieee80211_op_mode {
    214 	IEEE80211_MODE_INFRA = 0,
    215 	IEEE80211_MODE_IBSS = 1,
    216 	IEEE80211_MODE_AP = 2,
    217 	IEEE80211_MODE_MESH = 5,
    218 
    219 	/* only add new entries before IEEE80211_MODE_NUM */
    220 	IEEE80211_MODE_NUM
    221 };
    222 
    223 /**
    224  * struct ieee80211_edmg_config - EDMG configuration
    225  *
    226  * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
    227  * for IEEE 802.11ay EDMG configuration
    228  *
    229  * @channels: Bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz channel(s)
    230  *	that are allowed to be used for transmissions.
    231  *	Bit 0 indicates channel 1, bit 1 indicates channel 2, etc.
    232  *	Set to 0 to indicate EDMG not supported.
    233  * @bw_config: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
    234  *	the allowed channel bandwidth configurations
    235  */
    236 struct ieee80211_edmg_config {
    237 	u8 channels;
    238 	enum edmg_bw_config bw_config;
    239 };
    240 
    241 /**
    242  * struct hostapd_hw_modes - Supported hardware mode information
    243  */
    244 struct hostapd_hw_modes {
    245 	/**
    246 	 * mode - Hardware mode
    247 	 */
    248 	enum hostapd_hw_mode mode;
    249 
    250 	/**
    251 	 * is_6ghz - Whether the mode information is for the 6 GHz band
    252 	 */
    253 	bool is_6ghz;
    254 
    255 	/**
    256 	 * num_channels - Number of entries in the channels array
    257 	 */
    258 	int num_channels;
    259 
    260 	/**
    261 	 * channels - Array of supported channels
    262 	 */
    263 	struct hostapd_channel_data *channels;
    264 
    265 	/**
    266 	 * num_rates - Number of entries in the rates array
    267 	 */
    268 	int num_rates;
    269 
    270 	/**
    271 	 * rates - Array of supported rates in 100 kbps units
    272 	 */
    273 	int *rates;
    274 
    275 	/**
    276 	 * ht_capab - HT (IEEE 802.11n) capabilities
    277 	 */
    278 	u16 ht_capab;
    279 
    280 	/**
    281 	 * mcs_set - MCS (IEEE 802.11n) rate parameters
    282 	 */
    283 	u8 mcs_set[16];
    284 
    285 	/**
    286 	 * a_mpdu_params - A-MPDU (IEEE 802.11n) parameters
    287 	 */
    288 	u8 a_mpdu_params;
    289 
    290 	/**
    291 	 * vht_capab - VHT (IEEE 802.11ac) capabilities
    292 	 */
    293 	u32 vht_capab;
    294 
    295 	/**
    296 	 * vht_mcs_set - VHT MCS (IEEE 802.11ac) rate parameters
    297 	 */
    298 	u8 vht_mcs_set[8];
    299 
    300 	unsigned int flags; /* HOSTAPD_MODE_FLAG_* */
    301 
    302 	/**
    303 	 * he_capab - HE (IEEE 802.11ax) capabilities
    304 	 */
    305 	struct he_capabilities he_capab[IEEE80211_MODE_NUM];
    306 
    307 	/**
    308 	 * This structure describes the most essential parameters needed
    309 	 * for IEEE 802.11ay EDMG configuration.
    310 	 */
    311 	struct ieee80211_edmg_config edmg;
    312 
    313 	/**
    314 	 * eht_capab - EHT (IEEE 802.11be) capabilities
    315 	 */
    316 	struct eht_capabilities eht_capab[IEEE80211_MODE_NUM];
    317 };
    318 
    319 
    320 #define IEEE80211_CAP_ESS	0x0001
    321 #define IEEE80211_CAP_IBSS	0x0002
    322 #define IEEE80211_CAP_PRIVACY	0x0010
    323 #define IEEE80211_CAP_RRM	0x1000
    324 
    325 /* DMG (60 GHz) IEEE 802.11ad */
    326 /* type - bits 0..1 */
    327 #define IEEE80211_CAP_DMG_MASK	0x0003
    328 #define IEEE80211_CAP_DMG_IBSS	0x0001 /* Tx by: STA */
    329 #define IEEE80211_CAP_DMG_PBSS	0x0002 /* Tx by: PCP */
    330 #define IEEE80211_CAP_DMG_AP	0x0003 /* Tx by: AP */
    331 
    332 #define WPA_SCAN_QUAL_INVALID		BIT(0)
    333 #define WPA_SCAN_NOISE_INVALID		BIT(1)
    334 #define WPA_SCAN_LEVEL_INVALID		BIT(2)
    335 #define WPA_SCAN_LEVEL_DBM		BIT(3)
    336 #define WPA_SCAN_ASSOCIATED		BIT(5)
    337 
    338 /**
    339  * struct wpa_scan_res - Scan result for an BSS/IBSS
    340  * @flags: information flags about the BSS/IBSS (WPA_SCAN_*)
    341  * @bssid: BSSID
    342  * @freq: frequency of the channel in MHz (e.g., 2412 = channel 1)
    343  * @max_cw: the max channel width of the connection (calculated during scan
    344  * result processing)
    345  * @beacon_int: beacon interval in TUs (host byte order)
    346  * @caps: capability information field in host byte order
    347  * @qual: signal quality
    348  * @noise: noise level
    349  * @level: signal level
    350  * @tsf: Timestamp
    351  * @age: Age of the information in milliseconds (i.e., how many milliseconds
    352  * ago the last Beacon or Probe Response frame was received)
    353  * @est_throughput: Estimated throughput in kbps (this is calculated during
    354  * scan result processing if left zero by the driver wrapper)
    355  * @snr: Signal-to-noise ratio in dB (calculated during scan result processing)
    356  * @parent_tsf: Time when the Beacon/Probe Response frame was received in terms
    357  * of TSF of the BSS specified by %tsf_bssid.
    358  * @tsf_bssid: The BSS that %parent_tsf TSF time refers to.
    359  * @beacon_newer: Whether the Beacon frame data is known to be newer
    360  * @ie_len: length of the following IE field in octets
    361  * @beacon_ie_len: length of the following Beacon IE field in octets
    362  *
    363  * This structure is used as a generic format for scan results from the
    364  * driver. Each driver interface implementation is responsible for converting
    365  * the driver or OS specific scan results into this format.
    366  *
    367  * If the driver does not support reporting all IEs, the IE data structure is
    368  * constructed of the IEs that are available. This field will also need to
    369  * include SSID in IE format. All drivers are encouraged to be extended to
    370  * report all IEs to make it easier to support future additions.
    371  *
    372  * This structure data is followed by ie_len octets of IEs from Probe Response
    373  * frame (or if the driver does not indicate source of IEs, these may also be
    374  * from Beacon frame). After the first set of IEs, another set of IEs may follow
    375  * (with beacon_ie_len octets of data) if the driver provides both IE sets.
    376  */
    377 struct wpa_scan_res {
    378 	unsigned int flags;
    379 	u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
    380 	int freq;
    381 	enum chan_width max_cw;
    382 	u16 beacon_int;
    383 	u16 caps;
    384 	int qual;
    385 	int noise;
    386 	int level;
    387 	u64 tsf;
    388 	unsigned int age;
    389 	unsigned int est_throughput;
    390 	int snr;
    391 	u64 parent_tsf;
    392 	u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
    393 	bool beacon_newer;
    394 	size_t ie_len;
    395 	size_t beacon_ie_len;
    396 	/* Followed by ie_len + beacon_ie_len octets of IE data */
    397 };
    398 
    399 /**
    400  * struct wpa_scan_results - Scan results
    401  * @res: Array of pointers to allocated variable length scan result entries
    402  * @num: Number of entries in the scan result array
    403  * @fetch_time: Time when the results were fetched from the driver
    404  */
    405 struct wpa_scan_results {
    406 	struct wpa_scan_res **res;
    407 	size_t num;
    408 	struct os_reltime fetch_time;
    409 };
    410 
    411 /**
    412  * struct wpa_interface_info - Network interface information
    413  * @next: Pointer to the next interface or NULL if this is the last one
    414  * @ifname: Interface name that can be used with init() or init2()
    415  * @desc: Human readable adapter description (e.g., vendor/model) or NULL if
    416  *	not available
    417  * @drv_name: struct wpa_driver_ops::name (note: unlike other strings, this one
    418  *	is not an allocated copy, i.e., get_interfaces() caller will not free
    419  *	this)
    420  */
    421 struct wpa_interface_info {
    422 	struct wpa_interface_info *next;
    423 	char *ifname;
    424 	char *desc;
    425 	const char *drv_name;
    426 };
    427 
    428 #define WPAS_MAX_SCAN_SSIDS 16
    429 
    430 /**
    431  * struct wpa_driver_scan_ssid - SSIDs to scan for
    432  * @ssid - specific SSID to scan for (ProbeReq)
    433  *	%NULL or zero-length SSID is used to indicate active scan
    434  *	with wildcard SSID.
    435  * @ssid_len - Length of the SSID in octets
    436  */
    437 struct wpa_driver_scan_ssid {
    438 	const u8 *ssid;
    439 	size_t ssid_len;
    440 };
    441 
    442 struct t2lm_mapping {
    443 	/**
    444 	 * downlink - Bitmap of TIDs mapped with a link in downlink direction
    445 	 */
    446 	u8 downlink;
    447 
    448 	/**
    449 	 * uplink - Bitmap of TIDs mapped with a link in uplink direction
    450 	 */
    451 	u8 uplink;
    452 };
    453 
    454 /**
    455  * struct wpa_driver_scan_params - Scan parameters
    456  * Data for struct wpa_driver_ops::scan2().
    457  */
    458 struct wpa_driver_scan_params {
    459 	/**
    460 	 * ssids - SSIDs to scan for
    461 	 */
    462 	struct wpa_driver_scan_ssid ssids[WPAS_MAX_SCAN_SSIDS];
    463 
    464 	/**
    465 	 * num_ssids - Number of entries in ssids array
    466 	 * Zero indicates a request for a passive scan.
    467 	 */
    468 	size_t num_ssids;
    469 
    470 	/**
    471 	 * extra_ies - Extra IE(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL
    472 	 */
    473 	const u8 *extra_ies;
    474 
    475 	/**
    476 	 * extra_ies_len - Length of extra_ies in octets
    477 	 */
    478 	size_t extra_ies_len;
    479 
    480 	/**
    481 	 * freqs - Array of frequencies to scan or %NULL for all frequencies
    482 	 *
    483 	 * The frequency is set in MHz. The array is zero-terminated.
    484 	 */
    485 	int *freqs;
    486 
    487 	/**
    488 	 * filter_ssids - Filter for reporting SSIDs
    489 	 *
    490 	 * This optional parameter can be used to request the driver wrapper to
    491 	 * filter scan results to include only the specified SSIDs. %NULL
    492 	 * indicates that no filtering is to be done. This can be used to
    493 	 * reduce memory needs for scan results in environments that have large
    494 	 * number of APs with different SSIDs.
    495 	 *
    496 	 * The driver wrapper is allowed to take this allocated buffer into its
    497 	 * own use by setting the pointer to %NULL. In that case, the driver
    498 	 * wrapper is responsible for freeing the buffer with os_free() once it
    499 	 * is not needed anymore.
    500 	 */
    501 	struct wpa_driver_scan_filter {
    502 		u8 ssid[SSID_MAX_LEN];
    503 		size_t ssid_len;
    504 	} *filter_ssids;
    505 
    506 	/**
    507 	 * num_filter_ssids - Number of entries in filter_ssids array
    508 	 */
    509 	size_t num_filter_ssids;
    510 
    511 	/**
    512 	 * filter_rssi - Filter by RSSI
    513 	 *
    514 	 * The driver may filter scan results in firmware to reduce host
    515 	 * wakeups and thereby save power. Specify the RSSI threshold in s32
    516 	 * dBm.
    517 	 */
    518 	s32 filter_rssi;
    519 
    520 	/**
    521 	 * p2p_probe - Used to disable CCK (802.11b) rates for P2P probes
    522 	 *
    523 	 * When set, the driver is expected to remove rates 1, 2, 5.5, and 11
    524 	 * Mbps from the support rates element(s) in the Probe Request frames
    525 	 * and not to transmit the frames at any of those rates.
    526 	 */
    527 	unsigned int p2p_probe:1;
    528 
    529 	/**
    530 	 * only_new_results - Request driver to report only new results
    531 	 *
    532 	 * This is used to request the driver to report only BSSes that have
    533 	 * been detected after this scan request has been started, i.e., to
    534 	 * flush old cached BSS entries.
    535 	 */
    536 	unsigned int only_new_results:1;
    537 
    538 	/**
    539 	 * low_priority - Requests driver to use a lower scan priority
    540 	 *
    541 	 * This is used to request the driver to use a lower scan priority
    542 	 * if it supports such a thing.
    543 	 */
    544 	unsigned int low_priority:1;
    545 
    546 	/**
    547 	 * mac_addr_rand - Requests driver to randomize MAC address
    548 	 */
    549 	unsigned int mac_addr_rand:1;
    550 
    551 	/**
    552 	 * mac_addr - MAC address used with randomization. The address cannot be
    553 	 * a multicast one, i.e., bit 0 of byte 0 should not be set.
    554 	 */
    555 	u8 *mac_addr;
    556 
    557 	/**
    558 	 * mac_addr_mask - MAC address mask used with randomization.
    559 	 *
    560 	 * Bits that are 0 in the mask should be randomized. Bits that are 1 in
    561 	 * the mask should be taken as is from mac_addr. The mask should not
    562 	 * allow the generation of a multicast address, i.e., bit 0 of byte 0
    563 	 * must be set.
    564 	 */
    565 	const u8 *mac_addr_mask;
    566 
    567 	/**
    568 	 * sched_scan_plans - Scan plans for scheduled scan
    569 	 *
    570 	 * Each scan plan consists of the number of iterations to scan and the
    571 	 * interval between scans. When a scan plan finishes (i.e., it was run
    572 	 * for the specified number of iterations), the next scan plan is
    573 	 * executed. The scan plans are executed in the order they appear in
    574 	 * the array (lower index first). The last scan plan will run infinitely
    575 	 * (until requested to stop), thus must not specify the number of
    576 	 * iterations. All other scan plans must specify the number of
    577 	 * iterations.
    578 	 */
    579 	struct sched_scan_plan {
    580 		 u32 interval; /* In seconds */
    581 		 u32 iterations; /* Zero to run infinitely */
    582 	 } *sched_scan_plans;
    583 
    584 	/**
    585 	 * sched_scan_plans_num - Number of scan plans in sched_scan_plans array
    586 	 */
    587 	 unsigned int sched_scan_plans_num;
    588 
    589 	/**
    590 	 * sched_scan_start_delay - Delay to use before starting the first scan
    591 	 *
    592 	 * Delay (in seconds) before scheduling first scan plan cycle. The
    593 	 * driver may ignore this parameter and start immediately (or at any
    594 	 * other time), if this feature is not supported.
    595 	 */
    596 	 u32 sched_scan_start_delay;
    597 
    598 	/**
    599 	 * bssid - Specific BSSID to scan for
    600 	 *
    601 	 * This optional parameter can be used to replace the default wildcard
    602 	 * BSSID with a specific BSSID to scan for if results are needed from
    603 	 * only a single BSS.
    604 	 */
    605 	const u8 *bssid;
    606 
    607 	/**
    608 	 * scan_cookie - Unique identification representing the scan request
    609 	 *
    610 	 * This scan_cookie carries a unique identification representing the
    611 	 * scan request if the host driver/kernel supports concurrent scan
    612 	 * requests. This cookie is returned from the corresponding driver
    613 	 * interface.
    614 	 *
    615 	 * Note: Unlike other parameters in this structure, scan_cookie is used
    616 	 * only to return information instead of setting parameters for the
    617 	 * scan.
    618 	 */
    619 	u64 scan_cookie;
    620 
    621 	 /**
    622 	  * duration - Dwell time on each channel
    623 	  *
    624 	  * This optional parameter can be used to set the dwell time on each
    625 	  * channel. In TUs.
    626 	  */
    627 	 u16 duration;
    628 
    629 	 /**
    630 	  * duration_mandatory - Whether the specified duration is mandatory
    631 	  *
    632 	  * If this is set, the duration specified by the %duration field is
    633 	  * mandatory (and the driver should reject the scan request if it is
    634 	  * unable to comply with the specified duration), otherwise it is the
    635 	  * maximum duration and the actual duration may be shorter.
    636 	  */
    637 	 unsigned int duration_mandatory:1;
    638 
    639 	/**
    640 	 * relative_rssi_set - Whether relative RSSI parameters are set
    641 	 */
    642 	unsigned int relative_rssi_set:1;
    643 
    644 	/**
    645 	 * relative_rssi - Relative RSSI for reporting better BSSs
    646 	 *
    647 	 * Amount of RSSI by which a BSS should be better than the current
    648 	 * connected BSS to report the new BSS to user space.
    649 	 */
    650 	s8 relative_rssi;
    651 
    652 	/**
    653 	 * relative_adjust_band - Band to which RSSI should be adjusted
    654 	 *
    655 	 * The relative_adjust_rssi should be added to the band specified
    656 	 * by relative_adjust_band.
    657 	 */
    658 	enum set_band relative_adjust_band;
    659 
    660 	/**
    661 	 * relative_adjust_rssi - RSSI to be added to relative_adjust_band
    662 	 *
    663 	 * An amount of relative_band_rssi should be added to the BSSs that
    664 	 * belong to the band specified by relative_adjust_band while comparing
    665 	 * with other bands for BSS reporting.
    666 	 */
    667 	s8 relative_adjust_rssi;
    668 
    669 	/**
    670 	 * oce_scan
    671 	 *
    672 	 * Enable the following OCE scan features: (WFA OCE TechSpec v1.0)
    673 	 * - Accept broadcast Probe Response frame.
    674 	 * - Probe Request frame deferral and suppression.
    675 	 * - Max Channel Time - driver fills FILS request params IE with
    676 	 *   Maximum Channel Time.
    677 	 * - Send 1st Probe Request frame in rate of minimum 5.5 Mbps.
    678 	 */
    679 	unsigned int oce_scan:1;
    680 
    681 	/**
    682 	 * p2p_include_6ghz - Include 6 GHz channels for P2P full scan
    683 	 *
    684 	 */
    685 	unsigned int p2p_include_6ghz:1;
    686 
    687 	/**
    688 	 * non_coloc_6ghz - Force scanning of non-PSC 6 GHz channels
    689 	 *
    690 	 * If this is set, the driver should scan non-PSC channels from the
    691 	 * scan request even if neighbor reports from 2.4/5 GHz APs did not
    692 	 * report a co-located AP on these channels. The default is to scan
    693 	 * non-PSC channels only if a co-located AP was reported on the channel.
    694 	 */
    695 	unsigned int non_coloc_6ghz:1;
    696 
    697 	/**
    698 	 * min_probe_req_content - Minimize probe request content to only have
    699 	 * minimal requirement elements, e.g., supported rates etc., and no
    700 	 * additional elements other then those provided by user space.
    701 	 */
    702 	unsigned int min_probe_req_content:1;
    703 
    704 	/**
    705 	 * link_id - Specify the link that is requesting the scan on an MLD
    706 	 *
    707 	 * This is set when operating as an AP MLD and doing an OBSS scan.
    708 	 * -1 indicates that no particular link ID is set.
    709 	 */
    710 	s8 link_id;
    711 
    712 	/*
    713 	 * NOTE: Whenever adding new parameters here, please make sure
    714 	 * wpa_scan_clone_params() and wpa_scan_free_params() get updated with
    715 	 * matching changes.
    716 	 */
    717 };
    718 
    719 /**
    720  * struct wpa_driver_auth_params - Authentication parameters
    721  * Data for struct wpa_driver_ops::authenticate().
    722  */
    723 struct wpa_driver_auth_params {
    724 	int freq;
    725 	const u8 *bssid;
    726 	const u8 *ssid;
    727 	size_t ssid_len;
    728 	int auth_alg;
    729 	const u8 *ie;
    730 	size_t ie_len;
    731 	const u8 *wep_key[4];
    732 	size_t wep_key_len[4];
    733 	int wep_tx_keyidx;
    734 	int local_state_change;
    735 
    736 	/**
    737 	 * p2p - Whether this connection is a P2P group
    738 	 */
    739 	int p2p;
    740 
    741 	/**
    742 	 * auth_data - Additional elements for Authentication frame
    743 	 *
    744 	 * This buffer starts with the Authentication transaction sequence
    745 	 * number field. If no special handling of such elements is needed, this
    746 	 * pointer is %NULL. This is used with SAE and FILS.
    747 	 */
    748 	const u8 *auth_data;
    749 
    750 	/**
    751 	 * auth_data_len - Length of auth_data buffer in octets
    752 	 */
    753 	size_t auth_data_len;
    754 
    755 	/**
    756 	 * mld - Establish an MLD connection
    757 	 */
    758 	bool mld;
    759 
    760 	/**
    761 	 * mld_link_id - The link ID of the MLD AP to which we are associating
    762 	 */
    763 	u8 mld_link_id;
    764 
    765 	/**
    766 	 * The MLD AP address
    767 	 */
    768 	const u8 *ap_mld_addr;
    769 };
    770 
    771 /**
    772  * enum wps_mode - WPS mode
    773  */
    774 enum wps_mode {
    775 	/**
    776 	 * WPS_MODE_NONE - No WPS provisioning being used
    777 	 */
    778 	WPS_MODE_NONE,
    779 
    780 	/**
    781 	 * WPS_MODE_OPEN - WPS provisioning with AP that is in open mode
    782 	 */
    783 	WPS_MODE_OPEN,
    784 
    785 	/**
    786 	 * WPS_MODE_PRIVACY - WPS provisioning with AP that is using protection
    787 	 */
    788 	WPS_MODE_PRIVACY
    789 };
    790 
    791 /**
    792  * struct hostapd_freq_params - Channel parameters
    793  */
    794 struct hostapd_freq_params {
    795 	/**
    796 	 * mode - Mode/band (HOSTAPD_MODE_IEEE80211A, ..)
    797 	 */
    798 	enum hostapd_hw_mode mode;
    799 
    800 	/**
    801 	 * freq - Primary channel center frequency in MHz
    802 	 */
    803 	int freq;
    804 
    805 	/**
    806 	 * channel - Channel number
    807 	 */
    808 	int channel;
    809 
    810 	/**
    811 	 * ht_enabled - Whether HT is enabled
    812 	 */
    813 	int ht_enabled;
    814 
    815 	/**
    816 	 * sec_channel_offset - Secondary channel offset for HT40
    817 	 *
    818 	 * 0 = HT40 disabled,
    819 	 * -1 = HT40 enabled, secondary channel below primary,
    820 	 * 1 = HT40 enabled, secondary channel above primary
    821 	 */
    822 	int sec_channel_offset;
    823 
    824 	/**
    825 	 * vht_enabled - Whether VHT is enabled
    826 	 */
    827 	int vht_enabled;
    828 
    829 	/**
    830 	 * he_enabled - Whether HE is enabled
    831 	 */
    832 	int he_enabled;
    833 
    834 	/**
    835 	 * center_freq1 - Segment 0 center frequency in MHz
    836 	 *
    837 	 * Valid for both HT and VHT.
    838 	 */
    839 	int center_freq1;
    840 
    841 	/**
    842 	 * center_freq2 - Segment 1 center frequency in MHz
    843 	 *
    844 	 * Non-zero only for bandwidth 80 and an 80+80 channel
    845 	 */
    846 	int center_freq2;
    847 
    848 	/**
    849 	 * bandwidth - Channel bandwidth in MHz (20, 40, 80, 160)
    850 	 */
    851 	int bandwidth;
    852 
    853 	/**
    854 	 * This structure describes the most essential parameters needed
    855 	 * for IEEE 802.11ay EDMG configuration.
    856 	 */
    857 	struct ieee80211_edmg_config edmg;
    858 
    859 	/**
    860 	 * radar_background - Whether radar/CAC background is requested
    861 	 */
    862 	bool radar_background;
    863 
    864 	/**
    865 	 * eht_enabled - Whether EHT is enabled
    866 	 */
    867 	bool eht_enabled;
    868 
    869 	/**
    870 	 * link_id: If >=0 indicates the link of the AP MLD to configure
    871 	 */
    872 	int link_id;
    873 };
    874 
    875 /**
    876  * struct wpa_driver_sta_auth_params - Authentication parameters
    877  * Data for struct wpa_driver_ops::sta_auth().
    878  */
    879 struct wpa_driver_sta_auth_params {
    880 
    881 	/**
    882 	 * own_addr - Source address and BSSID for authentication frame
    883 	 */
    884 	const u8 *own_addr;
    885 
    886 	/**
    887 	 * addr - MAC address of the station to associate
    888 	 */
    889 	const u8 *addr;
    890 
    891 	/**
    892 	 * seq - authentication sequence number
    893 	 */
    894 	u16 seq;
    895 
    896 	/**
    897 	 * status - authentication response status code
    898 	 */
    899 	u16 status;
    900 
    901 	/**
    902 	 * ie - authentication frame ie buffer
    903 	 */
    904 	const u8 *ie;
    905 
    906 	/**
    907 	 * len - ie buffer length
    908 	 */
    909 	size_t len;
    910 
    911 	/**
    912 	 * fils_auth - Indicates whether FILS authentication is being performed
    913 	 */
    914 	int fils_auth;
    915 
    916 	/**
    917 	 * fils_anonce - ANonce (required for FILS)
    918 	 */
    919 	u8 fils_anonce[WPA_NONCE_LEN];
    920 
    921 	/**
    922 	 * fils_snonce - SNonce (required for FILS)
    923 	*/
    924 	u8 fils_snonce[WPA_NONCE_LEN];
    925 
    926 	/**
    927 	 * fils_kek - key for encryption (required for FILS)
    928 	 */
    929 	u8 fils_kek[WPA_KEK_MAX_LEN];
    930 
    931 	/**
    932 	 * fils_kek_len - Length of the fils_kek in octets (required for FILS)
    933 	 */
    934 	size_t fils_kek_len;
    935 };
    936 
    937 struct wpa_driver_mld_params {
    938 	/**
    939 	 * mld_addr - AP's MLD address
    940 	 */
    941 	const u8 *mld_addr;
    942 
    943 	/**
    944 	 * valid_links - The valid links including the association link
    945 	 */
    946 	u16 valid_links;
    947 
    948 	/**
    949 	 * assoc_link_id - The link on which the association is performed
    950 	 */
    951 	u8 assoc_link_id;
    952 
    953 	/**
    954 	 * mld_links - Link information
    955 	 *
    956 	 * Should include information on all the requested links for association
    957 	 * including the link on which the association should take place.
    958 	 * For the association link, the ies and ies_len should be NULL and
    959 	 * 0 respectively.
    960 	 */
    961 	struct {
    962 		int freq;
    963 		const u8 *bssid;
    964 		const u8 *ies;
    965 		size_t ies_len;
    966 		int error;
    967 		bool disabled;
    968 	} mld_links[MAX_NUM_MLD_LINKS];
    969 };
    970 
    971 /**
    972  * struct wpa_driver_associate_params - Association parameters
    973  * Data for struct wpa_driver_ops::associate().
    974  */
    975 struct wpa_driver_associate_params {
    976 	/**
    977 	 * bssid - BSSID of the selected AP
    978 	 * This can be %NULL, if ap_scan=2 mode is used and the driver is
    979 	 * responsible for selecting with which BSS to associate. */
    980 	const u8 *bssid;
    981 
    982 	/**
    983 	 * bssid_hint - BSSID of a proposed AP
    984 	 *
    985 	 * This indicates which BSS has been found a suitable candidate for
    986 	 * initial association for drivers that use driver/firmwate-based BSS
    987 	 * selection. Unlike the @bssid parameter, @bssid_hint does not limit
    988 	 * the driver from selecting other BSSes in the ESS.
    989 	 */
    990 	const u8 *bssid_hint;
    991 
    992 	/**
    993 	 * ssid - The selected SSID
    994 	 */
    995 	const u8 *ssid;
    996 
    997 	/**
    998 	 * ssid_len - Length of the SSID (1..32)
    999 	 */
   1000 	size_t ssid_len;
   1001 
   1002 	/**
   1003 	 * freq - channel parameters
   1004 	 */
   1005 	struct hostapd_freq_params freq;
   1006 
   1007 	/**
   1008 	 * freq_hint - Frequency of the channel the proposed AP is using
   1009 	 *
   1010 	 * This provides a channel on which a suitable BSS has been found as a
   1011 	 * hint for the driver. Unlike the @freq parameter, @freq_hint does not
   1012 	 * limit the driver from selecting other channels for
   1013 	 * driver/firmware-based BSS selection.
   1014 	 */
   1015 	int freq_hint;
   1016 
   1017 	/**
   1018 	 * bg_scan_period - Background scan period in seconds, 0 to disable
   1019 	 * background scan, or -1 to indicate no change to default driver
   1020 	 * configuration
   1021 	 */
   1022 	int bg_scan_period;
   1023 
   1024 	/**
   1025 	 * beacon_int - Beacon interval for IBSS or 0 to use driver default
   1026 	 */
   1027 	int beacon_int;
   1028 
   1029 	/**
   1030 	 * wpa_ie - WPA information element for (Re)Association Request
   1031 	 * WPA information element to be included in (Re)Association
   1032 	 * Request (including information element id and length). Use
   1033 	 * of this WPA IE is optional. If the driver generates the WPA
   1034 	 * IE, it can use pairwise_suite, group_suite, group_mgmt_suite, and
   1035 	 * key_mgmt_suite to select proper algorithms. In this case,
   1036 	 * the driver has to notify wpa_supplicant about the used WPA
   1037 	 * IE by generating an event that the interface code will
   1038 	 * convert into EVENT_ASSOCINFO data (see below).
   1039 	 *
   1040 	 * When using WPA2/IEEE 802.11i, wpa_ie is used for RSN IE
   1041 	 * instead. The driver can determine which version is used by
   1042 	 * looking at the first byte of the IE (0xdd for WPA, 0x30 for
   1043 	 * WPA2/RSN).
   1044 	 *
   1045 	 * When using WPS, wpa_ie is used for WPS IE instead of WPA/RSN IE.
   1046 	 */
   1047 	const u8 *wpa_ie;
   1048 
   1049 	/**
   1050 	 * wpa_ie_len - length of the wpa_ie
   1051 	 */
   1052 	size_t wpa_ie_len;
   1053 
   1054 	/**
   1055 	 * wpa_proto - Bitfield of WPA_PROTO_* values to indicate WPA/WPA2
   1056 	 */
   1057 	unsigned int wpa_proto;
   1058 
   1059 	/**
   1060 	 * pairwise_suite - Selected pairwise cipher suite (WPA_CIPHER_*)
   1061 	 *
   1062 	 * This is usually ignored if @wpa_ie is used.
   1063 	 */
   1064 	unsigned int pairwise_suite;
   1065 
   1066 	/**
   1067 	 * group_suite - Selected group cipher suite (WPA_CIPHER_*)
   1068 	 *
   1069 	 * This is usually ignored if @wpa_ie is used.
   1070 	 */
   1071 	unsigned int group_suite;
   1072 
   1073 	/**
   1074 	 * mgmt_group_suite - Selected group management cipher suite (WPA_CIPHER_*)
   1075 	 *
   1076 	 * This is usually ignored if @wpa_ie is used.
   1077 	 */
   1078 	unsigned int mgmt_group_suite;
   1079 
   1080 	/**
   1081 	 * key_mgmt_suite - Selected key management suite (WPA_KEY_MGMT_*)
   1082 	 *
   1083 	 * This is usually ignored if @wpa_ie is used.
   1084 	 */
   1085 	unsigned int key_mgmt_suite;
   1086 
   1087 	/**
   1088 	 * allowed_key_mgmts - Bitfield of allowed key management suites
   1089 	 * (WPA_KEY_MGMT_*) other than @key_mgmt_suite for the current
   1090 	 * connection
   1091 	 *
   1092 	 * SME in the driver may choose key_mgmt from this list for the initial
   1093 	 * connection or roaming. The driver which doesn't support this
   1094 	 * ignores this parameter.
   1095 	 */
   1096 	unsigned int allowed_key_mgmts;
   1097 
   1098 	/**
   1099 	 * auth_alg - Allowed authentication algorithms
   1100 	 * Bit field of WPA_AUTH_ALG_*
   1101 	 */
   1102 	int auth_alg;
   1103 
   1104 	/**
   1105 	 * mode - Operation mode (infra/ibss) IEEE80211_MODE_*
   1106 	 */
   1107 	int mode;
   1108 
   1109 	/**
   1110 	 * wep_key - WEP keys for static WEP configuration
   1111 	 */
   1112 	const u8 *wep_key[4];
   1113 
   1114 	/**
   1115 	 * wep_key_len - WEP key length for static WEP configuration
   1116 	 */
   1117 	size_t wep_key_len[4];
   1118 
   1119 	/**
   1120 	 * wep_tx_keyidx - WEP TX key index for static WEP configuration
   1121 	 */
   1122 	int wep_tx_keyidx;
   1123 
   1124 	/**
   1125 	 * mgmt_frame_protection - IEEE 802.11w management frame protection
   1126 	 */
   1127 	enum mfp_options mgmt_frame_protection;
   1128 
   1129 	/**
   1130 	 * passphrase - RSN passphrase for PSK
   1131 	 *
   1132 	 * This value is made available only for WPA/WPA2-Personal (PSK) and
   1133 	 * only for drivers that set WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_PSK. This
   1134 	 * is the 8..63 character ASCII passphrase, if available. Please note
   1135 	 * that this can be %NULL if passphrase was not used to generate the
   1136 	 * PSK. In that case, the psk field must be used to fetch the PSK.
   1137 	 */
   1138 	const char *passphrase;
   1139 
   1140 	/**
   1141 	 * psk - RSN PSK (alternative for passphrase for PSK)
   1142 	 *
   1143 	 * This value is made available only for WPA/WPA2-Personal (PSK) and
   1144 	 * only for drivers that set WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_PSK. This
   1145 	 * is the 32-octet (256-bit) PSK, if available. The driver wrapper
   1146 	 * should be prepared to handle %NULL value as an error.
   1147 	 */
   1148 	const u8 *psk;
   1149 
   1150 	/**
   1151 	 * sae_password - Password for SAE authentication
   1152 	 *
   1153 	 * This value is made available only for WPA3-Personal (SAE) and only
   1154 	 * for drivers that set WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS2_SAE_OFFLOAD.
   1155 	 */
   1156 	const char *sae_password;
   1157 
   1158 	/**
   1159 	 * sae_password_id - Password Identifier for SAE authentication
   1160 	 *
   1161 	 * This value is made available only for WPA3-Personal (SAE) and only
   1162 	 * for drivers that set WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS2_SAE_OFFLOAD. If %NULL, SAE
   1163 	 * password identifier is not used.
   1164 	 */
   1165 	const char *sae_password_id;
   1166 
   1167 	/**
   1168 	 * drop_unencrypted - Enable/disable unencrypted frame filtering
   1169 	 *
   1170 	 * Configure the driver to drop all non-EAPOL frames (both receive and
   1171 	 * transmit paths). Unencrypted EAPOL frames (ethertype 0x888e) must
   1172 	 * still be allowed for key negotiation.
   1173 	 */
   1174 	int drop_unencrypted;
   1175 
   1176 	/**
   1177 	 * prev_bssid - Previously used BSSID in this ESS
   1178 	 *
   1179 	 * When not %NULL, this is a request to use reassociation instead of
   1180 	 * association.
   1181 	 */
   1182 	const u8 *prev_bssid;
   1183 
   1184 	/**
   1185 	 * wps - WPS mode
   1186 	 *
   1187 	 * If the driver needs to do special configuration for WPS association,
   1188 	 * this variable provides more information on what type of association
   1189 	 * is being requested. Most drivers should not need to use this.
   1190 	 */
   1191 	enum wps_mode wps;
   1192 
   1193 	/**
   1194 	 * p2p - Whether this connection is a P2P group
   1195 	 */
   1196 	int p2p;
   1197 
   1198 	/**
   1199 	 * uapsd - UAPSD parameters for the network
   1200 	 * -1 = do not change defaults
   1201 	 * AP mode: 1 = enabled, 0 = disabled
   1202 	 * STA mode: bits 0..3 UAPSD enabled for VO,VI,BK,BE
   1203 	 */
   1204 	int uapsd;
   1205 
   1206 	/**
   1207 	 * fixed_bssid - Whether to force this BSSID in IBSS mode
   1208 	 * 1 = Fix this BSSID and prevent merges.
   1209 	 * 0 = Do not fix BSSID.
   1210 	 */
   1211 	int fixed_bssid;
   1212 
   1213 	/**
   1214 	 * fixed_freq - Fix control channel in IBSS mode
   1215 	 * 0 = don't fix control channel (default)
   1216 	 * 1 = fix control channel; this prevents IBSS merging with another
   1217 	 *	channel
   1218 	 */
   1219 	int fixed_freq;
   1220 
   1221 	/**
   1222 	 * disable_ht - Disable HT (IEEE 802.11n) for this connection
   1223 	 */
   1224 	int disable_ht;
   1225 
   1226 	/**
   1227 	 * htcaps - HT Capabilities over-rides
   1228 	 *
   1229 	 * Only bits set in the mask will be used, and not all values are used
   1230 	 * by the kernel anyway. Currently, MCS, MPDU and MSDU fields are used.
   1231 	 *
   1232 	 * Pointer to struct ieee80211_ht_capabilities.
   1233 	 */
   1234 	const u8 *htcaps;
   1235 
   1236 	/**
   1237 	 * htcaps_mask - HT Capabilities over-rides mask
   1238 	 *
   1239 	 * Pointer to struct ieee80211_ht_capabilities.
   1240 	 */
   1241 	const u8 *htcaps_mask;
   1242 
   1243 #ifdef CONFIG_VHT_OVERRIDES
   1244 	/**
   1245 	 * disable_vht - Disable VHT for this connection
   1246 	 */
   1247 	int disable_vht;
   1248 
   1249 	/**
   1250 	 * VHT capability overrides.
   1251 	 */
   1252 	const struct ieee80211_vht_capabilities *vhtcaps;
   1253 	const struct ieee80211_vht_capabilities *vhtcaps_mask;
   1254 #endif /* CONFIG_VHT_OVERRIDES */
   1255 
   1256 #ifdef CONFIG_HE_OVERRIDES
   1257 	/**
   1258 	 * disable_he - Disable HE for this connection
   1259 	 */
   1260 	int disable_he;
   1261 #endif /* CONFIG_HE_OVERRIDES */
   1262 
   1263 	/**
   1264 	 * req_key_mgmt_offload - Request key management offload for connection
   1265 	 *
   1266 	 * Request key management offload for this connection if the device
   1267 	 * supports it.
   1268 	 */
   1269 	int req_key_mgmt_offload;
   1270 
   1271 	/**
   1272 	 * req_handshake_offload - Request EAPOL handshake offload
   1273 	 *
   1274 	 * Request EAPOL handshake offload for this connection if the device
   1275 	 * supports it.
   1276 	 */
   1277 	int req_handshake_offload;
   1278 
   1279 	/**
   1280 	 * Flag for indicating whether this association includes support for
   1281 	 * RRM (Radio Resource Measurements)
   1282 	 */
   1283 	int rrm_used;
   1284 
   1285 	/**
   1286 	 * pbss - If set, connect to a PCP in a PBSS. Otherwise, connect to an
   1287 	 * AP as usual. Valid for DMG network only.
   1288 	 */
   1289 	int pbss;
   1290 
   1291 	/**
   1292 	 * fils_kek - KEK for FILS association frame protection (AES-SIV)
   1293 	 */
   1294 	const u8 *fils_kek;
   1295 
   1296 	/**
   1297 	 * fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in bytes
   1298 	 */
   1299 	size_t fils_kek_len;
   1300 
   1301 	/**
   1302 	 * fils_nonces - Nonces for FILS association frame protection
   1303 	 * (AES-SIV AAD)
   1304 	 */
   1305 	const u8 *fils_nonces;
   1306 
   1307 	/**
   1308 	 * fils_nonces_len: Length of fils_nonce in bytes
   1309 	 */
   1310 	size_t fils_nonces_len;
   1311 
   1312 	/**
   1313 	 * fils_erp_username - Username part of keyName-NAI
   1314 	 */
   1315 	const u8 *fils_erp_username;
   1316 
   1317 	/**
   1318 	 * fils_erp_username_len - Length of fils_erp_username in bytes
   1319 	 */
   1320 	size_t fils_erp_username_len;
   1321 
   1322 	/**
   1323 	 * fils_erp_realm - Realm/domain name to use in FILS ERP
   1324 	 */
   1325 	const u8 *fils_erp_realm;
   1326 
   1327 	/**
   1328 	 * fils_erp_realm_len - Length of fils_erp_realm in bytes
   1329 	 */
   1330 	size_t fils_erp_realm_len;
   1331 
   1332 	/**
   1333 	 * fils_erp_next_seq_num - The next sequence number to use in FILS ERP
   1334 	 * messages
   1335 	 */
   1336 	u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num;
   1337 
   1338 	/**
   1339 	 * fils_erp_rrk - Re-authentication root key (rRK) for the keyName-NAI
   1340 	 * specified by fils_erp_username@fils_erp_realm.
   1341 	 */
   1342 	const u8 *fils_erp_rrk;
   1343 
   1344 	/**
   1345 	 * fils_erp_rrk_len - Length of fils_erp_rrk in bytes
   1346 	 */
   1347 	size_t fils_erp_rrk_len;
   1348 
   1349 	/**
   1350 	 * sae_pwe - SAE mechanism for PWE derivation
   1351 	 * 0 = hunting-and-pecking loop only
   1352 	 * 1 = hash-to-element only
   1353 	 * 2 = both hunting-and-pecking loop and hash-to-element enabled
   1354 	 */
   1355 	enum sae_pwe sae_pwe;
   1356 
   1357 	/**
   1358 	 * disable_eht - Disable EHT for this connection
   1359 	 */
   1360 	int disable_eht;
   1361 
   1362 	/*
   1363 	 * mld_params - MLD association parameters
   1364 	 */
   1365 	struct wpa_driver_mld_params mld_params;
   1366 };
   1367 
   1368 enum hide_ssid {
   1369 	NO_SSID_HIDING,
   1370 	HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN,
   1371 	HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS
   1372 };
   1373 
   1374 enum ch_switch_state {
   1375 	CH_SW_STARTED,
   1376 	CH_SW_FINISHED
   1377 };
   1378 
   1379 struct wowlan_triggers {
   1380 	u8 any;
   1381 	u8 disconnect;
   1382 	u8 magic_pkt;
   1383 	u8 gtk_rekey_failure;
   1384 	u8 eap_identity_req;
   1385 	u8 four_way_handshake;
   1386 	u8 rfkill_release;
   1387 };
   1388 
   1389 struct unsol_bcast_probe_resp {
   1390 	/**
   1391 	 * Unsolicited broadcast Probe Response interval in TUs
   1392 	 */
   1393 	unsigned int unsol_bcast_probe_resp_interval;
   1394 
   1395 	/**
   1396 	 * Unsolicited broadcast Probe Response template data
   1397 	 */
   1398 	u8 *unsol_bcast_probe_resp_tmpl;
   1399 
   1400 	/**
   1401 	 * Unsolicited broadcast Probe Response template length
   1402 	 */
   1403 	size_t unsol_bcast_probe_resp_tmpl_len;
   1404 };
   1405 
   1406 struct wpa_driver_ap_params {
   1407 	/**
   1408 	 * head - Beacon head from IEEE 802.11 header to IEs before TIM IE
   1409 	 */
   1410 	u8 *head;
   1411 
   1412 	/**
   1413 	 * head_len - Length of the head buffer in octets
   1414 	 */
   1415 	size_t head_len;
   1416 
   1417 	/**
   1418 	 * tail - Beacon tail following TIM IE
   1419 	 */
   1420 	u8 *tail;
   1421 
   1422 	/**
   1423 	 * tail_len - Length of the tail buffer in octets
   1424 	 */
   1425 	size_t tail_len;
   1426 
   1427 	/**
   1428 	 * dtim_period - DTIM period
   1429 	 */
   1430 	int dtim_period;
   1431 
   1432 	/**
   1433 	 * beacon_int - Beacon interval
   1434 	 */
   1435 	int beacon_int;
   1436 
   1437 	/**
   1438 	 * basic_rates: -1 terminated array of basic rates in 100 kbps
   1439 	 *
   1440 	 * This parameter can be used to set a specific basic rate set for the
   1441 	 * BSS. If %NULL, default basic rate set is used.
   1442 	 */
   1443 	int *basic_rates;
   1444 
   1445 	/**
   1446 	 * beacon_rate: Beacon frame data rate
   1447 	 *
   1448 	 * This parameter can be used to set a specific Beacon frame data rate
   1449 	 * for the BSS. The interpretation of this value depends on the
   1450 	 * rate_type (legacy: in 100 kbps units, HT: HT-MCS, VHT: VHT-MCS,
   1451 	 * HE: HE-MCS). If beacon_rate == 0 and rate_type == 0
   1452 	 * (BEACON_RATE_LEGACY), the default Beacon frame data rate is used.
   1453 	 */
   1454 	unsigned int beacon_rate;
   1455 
   1456 	/**
   1457 	 * beacon_rate_type: Beacon data rate type (legacy/HT/VHT/HE)
   1458 	 */
   1459 	enum beacon_rate_type rate_type;
   1460 
   1461 	/**
   1462 	 * proberesp - Probe Response template
   1463 	 *
   1464 	 * This is used by drivers that reply to Probe Requests internally in
   1465 	 * AP mode and require the full Probe Response template.
   1466 	 */
   1467 	u8 *proberesp;
   1468 
   1469 	/**
   1470 	 * proberesp_len - Length of the proberesp buffer in octets
   1471 	 */
   1472 	size_t proberesp_len;
   1473 
   1474 	/**
   1475 	 * ssid - The SSID to use in Beacon/Probe Response frames
   1476 	 */
   1477 	const u8 *ssid;
   1478 
   1479 	/**
   1480 	 * ssid_len - Length of the SSID (1..32)
   1481 	 */
   1482 	size_t ssid_len;
   1483 
   1484 	/**
   1485 	 * hide_ssid - Whether to hide the SSID
   1486 	 */
   1487 	enum hide_ssid hide_ssid;
   1488 
   1489 	/**
   1490 	 * pairwise_ciphers - WPA_CIPHER_* bitfield
   1491 	 */
   1492 	unsigned int pairwise_ciphers;
   1493 
   1494 	/**
   1495 	 * group_cipher - WPA_CIPHER_*
   1496 	 */
   1497 	unsigned int group_cipher;
   1498 
   1499 	/**
   1500 	 * key_mgmt_suites - WPA_KEY_MGMT_* bitfield
   1501 	 */
   1502 	unsigned int key_mgmt_suites;
   1503 
   1504 	/**
   1505 	 * auth_algs - WPA_AUTH_ALG_* bitfield
   1506 	 */
   1507 	unsigned int auth_algs;
   1508 
   1509 	/**
   1510 	 * wpa_version - WPA_PROTO_* bitfield
   1511 	 */
   1512 	unsigned int wpa_version;
   1513 
   1514 	/**
   1515 	 * privacy - Whether privacy is used in the BSS
   1516 	 */
   1517 	int privacy;
   1518 
   1519 	/**
   1520 	 * beacon_ies - WPS/P2P IE(s) for Beacon frames
   1521 	 *
   1522 	 * This is used to add IEs like WPS IE and P2P IE by drivers that do
   1523 	 * not use the full Beacon template.
   1524 	 */
   1525 	const struct wpabuf *beacon_ies;
   1526 
   1527 	/**
   1528 	 * proberesp_ies - P2P/WPS IE(s) for Probe Response frames
   1529 	 *
   1530 	 * This is used to add IEs like WPS IE and P2P IE by drivers that
   1531 	 * reply to Probe Request frames internally.
   1532 	 */
   1533 	const struct wpabuf *proberesp_ies;
   1534 
   1535 	/**
   1536 	 * assocresp_ies - WPS IE(s) for (Re)Association Response frames
   1537 	 *
   1538 	 * This is used to add IEs like WPS IE by drivers that reply to
   1539 	 * (Re)Association Request frames internally.
   1540 	 */
   1541 	const struct wpabuf *assocresp_ies;
   1542 
   1543 	/**
   1544 	 * isolate - Whether to isolate frames between associated stations
   1545 	 *
   1546 	 * If this is non-zero, the AP is requested to disable forwarding of
   1547 	 * frames between associated stations.
   1548 	 */
   1549 	int isolate;
   1550 
   1551 	/**
   1552 	 * cts_protect - Whether CTS protection is enabled
   1553 	 */
   1554 	int cts_protect;
   1555 
   1556 	/**
   1557 	 * preamble - Whether short preamble is enabled
   1558 	 */
   1559 	int preamble;
   1560 
   1561 	/**
   1562 	 * short_slot_time - Whether short slot time is enabled
   1563 	 *
   1564 	 * 0 = short slot time disable, 1 = short slot time enabled, -1 = do
   1565 	 * not set (e.g., when 802.11g mode is not in use)
   1566 	 */
   1567 	int short_slot_time;
   1568 
   1569 	/**
   1570 	 * ht_opmode - HT operation mode or -1 if HT not in use
   1571 	 */
   1572 	int ht_opmode;
   1573 
   1574 	/**
   1575 	 * interworking - Whether Interworking is enabled
   1576 	 */
   1577 	int interworking;
   1578 
   1579 	/**
   1580 	 * hessid - Homogeneous ESS identifier or %NULL if not set
   1581 	 */
   1582 	const u8 *hessid;
   1583 
   1584 	/**
   1585 	 * access_network_type - Access Network Type (0..15)
   1586 	 *
   1587 	 * This is used for filtering Probe Request frames when Interworking is
   1588 	 * enabled.
   1589 	 */
   1590 	u8 access_network_type;
   1591 
   1592 	/**
   1593 	 * ap_max_inactivity - Timeout in seconds to detect STA's inactivity
   1594 	 *
   1595 	 * This is used by driver which advertises this capability.
   1596 	 */
   1597 	int ap_max_inactivity;
   1598 
   1599 	/**
   1600 	 * ctwindow - Client Traffic Window (in TUs)
   1601 	 */
   1602 	u8 p2p_go_ctwindow;
   1603 
   1604 	/**
   1605 	 * disable_dgaf - Whether group-addressed frames are disabled
   1606 	 */
   1607 	int disable_dgaf;
   1608 
   1609 	/**
   1610 	 * osen - Whether OSEN security is enabled
   1611 	 */
   1612 	int osen;
   1613 
   1614 	/**
   1615 	 * freq - Channel parameters for dynamic bandwidth changes
   1616 	 */
   1617 	struct hostapd_freq_params *freq;
   1618 
   1619 	/**
   1620 	 * reenable - Whether this is to re-enable beaconing
   1621 	 */
   1622 	int reenable;
   1623 
   1624 	/**
   1625 	 * pbss - Whether to start a PCP (in PBSS) instead of an AP in
   1626 	 * infrastructure BSS. Valid only for DMG network.
   1627 	 */
   1628 	int pbss;
   1629 
   1630 	/**
   1631 	 * multicast_to_unicast - Whether to use multicast_to_unicast
   1632 	 *
   1633 	 * If this is non-zero, the AP is requested to perform multicast to
   1634 	 * unicast conversion for ARP, IPv4, and IPv6 frames (possibly within
   1635 	 * 802.1Q). If enabled, such frames are to be sent to each station
   1636 	 * separately, with the DA replaced by their own MAC address rather
   1637 	 * than the group address.
   1638 	 *
   1639 	 * Note that this may break certain expectations of the receiver, such
   1640 	 * as the ability to drop unicast IP packets received within multicast
   1641 	 * L2 frames, or the ability to not send ICMP destination unreachable
   1642 	 * messages for packets received in L2 multicast (which is required,
   1643 	 * but the receiver can't tell the difference if this new option is
   1644 	 * enabled.)
   1645 	 *
   1646 	 * This also doesn't implement the 802.11 DMS (directed multicast
   1647 	 * service).
   1648 	 */
   1649 	int multicast_to_unicast;
   1650 
   1651 	/**
   1652 	 * ftm_responder - Whether FTM responder is enabled
   1653 	 */
   1654 	int ftm_responder;
   1655 
   1656 	/**
   1657 	 * lci - Binary data, the content of an LCI report IE with type 8 as
   1658 	 * defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2016, 9.4.2.22.10
   1659 	 */
   1660 	const struct wpabuf *lci;
   1661 
   1662 	/**
   1663 	 * civic - Binary data, the content of a measurement report IE with
   1664 	 * type 11 as defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2016, 9.4.2.22.13
   1665 	 */
   1666 	const struct wpabuf *civic;
   1667 
   1668 	/**
   1669 	 * he_spr_ctrl - Spatial Reuse control field of SPR element
   1670 	 */
   1671 	u8 he_spr_ctrl;
   1672 
   1673 	/**
   1674 	 * he_spr_non_srg_obss_pd_max_offset - Non-SRG Maximum TX power offset
   1675 	 */
   1676 	u8 he_spr_non_srg_obss_pd_max_offset;
   1677 
   1678 	/**
   1679 	 * he_spr_srg_obss_pd_min_offset - Minimum TX power offset
   1680 	 */
   1681 	u8 he_spr_srg_obss_pd_min_offset;
   1682 
   1683 	/**
   1684 	 * he_spr_srg_obss_pd_max_offset - Maximum TX power offset
   1685 	 */
   1686 	u8 he_spr_srg_obss_pd_max_offset;
   1687 
   1688 	/**
   1689 	 * he_spr_bss_color_bitmap - BSS color values used by members of the
   1690 	 * SRG.
   1691 	 */
   1692 	u8 he_spr_bss_color_bitmap[8];
   1693 
   1694 	/**
   1695 	 * he_spr_partial_bssid_bitmap - Partial BSSID values used by members
   1696 	 * of the SRG.
   1697 	 */
   1698 	u8 he_spr_partial_bssid_bitmap[8];
   1699 
   1700 	/**
   1701 	 * he_bss_color - Whether the BSS Color is disabled
   1702 	 */
   1703 	int he_bss_color_disabled;
   1704 
   1705 	/**
   1706 	 * he_bss_color_partial - The BSS Color AID equation
   1707 	 */
   1708 	int he_bss_color_partial;
   1709 
   1710 	/**
   1711 	 * he_bss_color - The BSS Color of the AP
   1712 	 */
   1713 	int he_bss_color;
   1714 
   1715 	/**
   1716 	 * twt_responder - Whether Target Wait Time responder is enabled
   1717 	 */
   1718 	int twt_responder;
   1719 
   1720 	/**
   1721 	 * sae_pwe - SAE mechanism for PWE derivation
   1722 	 * 0 = hunting-and-pecking loop only
   1723 	 * 1 = hash-to-element only
   1724 	 * 2 = both hunting-and-pecking loop and hash-to-element enabled
   1725 	 */
   1726 	enum sae_pwe sae_pwe;
   1727 
   1728 	/**
   1729 	 * FILS Discovery frame minimum interval in TUs
   1730 	 */
   1731 	u32 fd_min_int;
   1732 
   1733 	/**
   1734 	 * FILS Discovery frame maximum interval in TUs (0 = FD frame disabled)
   1735 	 */
   1736 	u32 fd_max_int;
   1737 
   1738 	/**
   1739 	 * FILS Discovery frame template data
   1740 	 */
   1741 	u8 *fd_frame_tmpl;
   1742 
   1743 	/**
   1744 	 * FILS Discovery frame template length
   1745 	 */
   1746 	size_t fd_frame_tmpl_len;
   1747 
   1748 	/**
   1749 	 * mbssid_tx_iface - Transmitting interface of the MBSSID set
   1750 	 */
   1751 	const char *mbssid_tx_iface;
   1752 
   1753 	/**
   1754 	 * mbssid_index - The index of this BSS in the MBSSID set
   1755 	 */
   1756 	unsigned int mbssid_index;
   1757 
   1758 	/**
   1759 	 * mbssid_elem - Buffer containing all MBSSID elements
   1760 	 */
   1761 	u8 *mbssid_elem;
   1762 
   1763 	/**
   1764 	 * mbssid_elem_len - Total length of all MBSSID elements
   1765 	 */
   1766 	size_t mbssid_elem_len;
   1767 
   1768 	/**
   1769 	 * mbssid_elem_count - The number of MBSSID elements
   1770 	 */
   1771 	u8 mbssid_elem_count;
   1772 
   1773 	/**
   1774 	 * mbssid_elem_offset - Offsets to elements in mbssid_elem.
   1775 	 * Kernel will use these offsets to generate multiple BSSID beacons.
   1776 	 */
   1777 	u8 **mbssid_elem_offset;
   1778 
   1779 	/**
   1780 	 * ema - Enhanced MBSSID advertisements support.
   1781 	 */
   1782 	bool ema;
   1783 
   1784 	/**
   1785 	 * punct_bitmap - Preamble puncturing bitmap
   1786 	 * Each bit corresponds to a 20 MHz subchannel, the lowest bit for the
   1787 	 * channel with the lowest frequency. A bit set to 1 indicates that the
   1788 	 * subchannel is punctured, otherwise active.
   1789 	 */
   1790 	u16 punct_bitmap;
   1791 
   1792 	/**
   1793 	 * rnr_elem - This buffer contains all of reduced neighbor report (RNR)
   1794 	 * elements
   1795 	 */
   1796 	u8 *rnr_elem;
   1797 
   1798 	/**
   1799 	 * rnr_elem_len - Length of rnr_elem buffer
   1800 	 */
   1801 	size_t rnr_elem_len;
   1802 
   1803 	/**
   1804 	 * rnr_elem_count - Number of RNR elements
   1805 	 */
   1806 	unsigned int rnr_elem_count;
   1807 
   1808 	/**
   1809 	 * rnr_elem_offset - The offsets to the elements in rnr_elem.
   1810 	 * The driver will use these to include RNR elements in EMA beacons.
   1811 	 */
   1812 	u8 **rnr_elem_offset;
   1813 
   1814 	/* Unsolicited broadcast Probe Response data */
   1815 	struct unsol_bcast_probe_resp ubpr;
   1816 
   1817 	/**
   1818 	 * allowed_freqs - List of allowed 20 MHz channel center frequencies in
   1819 	 * MHz for AP operation. Drivers which support this parameter will
   1820 	 * generate a new list based on this provided list by filtering out
   1821 	 * channels that cannot be used at that time due to regulatory or other
   1822 	 * constraints. The resulting list is used as the list of all allowed
   1823 	 * channels whenever performing operations like ACS and DFS.
   1824 	 */
   1825 	int *allowed_freqs;
   1826 
   1827 	/*
   1828 	 * mld_ap - Whether operating as an AP MLD
   1829 	 */
   1830 	bool mld_ap;
   1831 
   1832 	/**
   1833 	 * mld_link_id - Link id for MLD BSS's
   1834 	 */
   1835 	u8 mld_link_id;
   1836 
   1837 	/**
   1838 	 * psk - PSK passed to the driver for 4-way handshake offload
   1839 	 */
   1840 	u8 psk[PMK_LEN];
   1841 
   1842 	/**
   1843 	 * psk_len - PSK length in bytes (0 = not set)
   1844 	 */
   1845 	size_t psk_len;
   1846 
   1847 	/**
   1848 	 * sae_password - SAE password for SAE offload
   1849 	 */
   1850 	const char *sae_password;
   1851 };
   1852 
   1853 struct wpa_driver_mesh_bss_params {
   1854 #define WPA_DRIVER_MESH_CONF_FLAG_AUTO_PLINKS		0x00000001
   1855 #define WPA_DRIVER_MESH_CONF_FLAG_PEER_LINK_TIMEOUT	0x00000002
   1856 #define WPA_DRIVER_MESH_CONF_FLAG_MAX_PEER_LINKS	0x00000004
   1857 #define WPA_DRIVER_MESH_CONF_FLAG_HT_OP_MODE		0x00000008
   1858 #define WPA_DRIVER_MESH_CONF_FLAG_RSSI_THRESHOLD	0x00000010
   1859 #define WPA_DRIVER_MESH_CONF_FLAG_FORWARDING		0x00000020
   1860 	/*
   1861 	 * TODO: Other mesh configuration parameters would go here.
   1862 	 * See NL80211_MESHCONF_* for all the mesh config parameters.
   1863 	 */
   1864 	unsigned int flags;
   1865 	int auto_plinks;
   1866 	int peer_link_timeout;
   1867 	int max_peer_links;
   1868 	int rssi_threshold;
   1869 	int forwarding;
   1870 	u16 ht_opmode;
   1871 };
   1872 
   1873 struct wpa_driver_mesh_join_params {
   1874 	const u8 *meshid;
   1875 	int meshid_len;
   1876 	const int *basic_rates;
   1877 	const u8 *ies;
   1878 	int ie_len;
   1879 	struct hostapd_freq_params freq;
   1880 	int beacon_int;
   1881 	int dtim_period;
   1882 	struct wpa_driver_mesh_bss_params conf;
   1883 #define WPA_DRIVER_MESH_FLAG_USER_MPM	0x00000001
   1884 #define WPA_DRIVER_MESH_FLAG_DRIVER_MPM	0x00000002
   1885 #define WPA_DRIVER_MESH_FLAG_SAE_AUTH	0x00000004
   1886 #define WPA_DRIVER_MESH_FLAG_AMPE	0x00000008
   1887 	unsigned int flags;
   1888 	bool handle_dfs;
   1889 };
   1890 
   1891 struct wpa_driver_set_key_params {
   1892 	/**
   1893 	 * ifname - Interface name (for multi-SSID/VLAN support) */
   1894 	const char *ifname;
   1895 
   1896 	/**
   1897 	 * alg - Encryption algorithm
   1898 	 *
   1899 	 * (%WPA_ALG_NONE, %WPA_ALG_WEP, %WPA_ALG_TKIP, %WPA_ALG_CCMP,
   1900 	 * %WPA_ALG_BIP_AES_CMAC_128, %WPA_ALG_GCMP, %WPA_ALG_GCMP_256,
   1901 	 * %WPA_ALG_CCMP_256, %WPA_ALG_BIP_GMAC_128, %WPA_ALG_BIP_GMAC_256,
   1902 	 * %WPA_ALG_BIP_CMAC_256);
   1903 	 * %WPA_ALG_NONE clears the key. */
   1904 	enum wpa_alg alg;
   1905 
   1906 	/**
   1907 	 * addr - Address of the peer STA
   1908 	 *
   1909 	 * (BSSID of the current AP when setting pairwise key in station mode),
   1910 	 * ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff for broadcast keys, %NULL for default keys that
   1911 	 * are used both for broadcast and unicast; when clearing keys, %NULL
   1912 	 * is used to indicate that both the broadcast-only and default key of
   1913 	 * the specified key index is to be cleared */
   1914 	const u8 *addr;
   1915 
   1916 	/**
   1917 	 * key_idx - Key index
   1918 	 *
   1919 	 * (0..3), usually 0 for unicast keys; 4..5 for IGTK; 6..7 for BIGTK */
   1920 	int key_idx;
   1921 
   1922 	/**
   1923 	 * set_tx - Configure this key as the default Tx key
   1924 	 *
   1925 	 * Only used when driver does not support separate unicast/individual
   1926 	 * key */
   1927 	int set_tx;
   1928 
   1929 	/**
   1930 	 * seq - Sequence number/packet number
   1931 	 *
   1932 	 * seq_len octets, the next packet number to be used for in replay
   1933 	 * protection; configured for Rx keys (in most cases, this is only used
   1934 	 * with broadcast keys and set to zero for unicast keys); %NULL if not
   1935 	 * set */
   1936 	const u8 *seq;
   1937 
   1938 	/**
   1939 	 * seq_len - Length of the seq, depends on the algorithm
   1940 	 *
   1941 	 * TKIP: 6 octets, CCMP/GCMP: 6 octets, IGTK: 6 octets */
   1942 	size_t seq_len;
   1943 
   1944 	/**
   1945 	 * key - Key buffer
   1946 	 *
   1947 	 * TKIP: 16-byte temporal key, 8-byte Tx Mic key, 8-byte Rx Mic Key */
   1948 	const u8 *key;
   1949 
   1950 	/**
   1951 	 * key_len - Length of the key buffer in octets
   1952 	 *
   1953 	 * WEP: 5 or 13, TKIP: 32, CCMP/GCMP: 16, IGTK: 16 */
   1954 	size_t key_len;
   1955 
   1956 	/**
   1957 	 * vlan_id - VLAN index (0..4095) for VLAN offload cases */
   1958 	int vlan_id;
   1959 
   1960 	/**
   1961 	 * key_flag - Additional key flags
   1962 	 *
   1963 	 * %KEY_FLAG_MODIFY
   1964 	 *  Set when an already installed key must be updated.
   1965 	 *  So far the only use-case is changing RX/TX status for
   1966 	 *  pairwise keys. Must not be set when deleting a key.
   1967 	 * %KEY_FLAG_DEFAULT
   1968 	 *  Set when the key is also a default key. Must not be set when
   1969 	 *  deleting a key.
   1970 	 * %KEY_FLAG_RX
   1971 	 *  The key is valid for RX. Must not be set when deleting a key.
   1972 	 * %KEY_FLAG_TX
   1973 	 *  The key is valid for TX. Must not be set when deleting a key.
   1974 	 * %KEY_FLAG_GROUP
   1975 	 *  The key is a broadcast or group key.
   1976 	 * %KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE
   1977 	 *  The key is a pairwise key.
   1978 	 * %KEY_FLAG_PMK
   1979 	 *  The key is a Pairwise Master Key (PMK).
   1980 	 *
   1981 	 * Valid and pre-defined combinations are:
   1982 	 * %KEY_FLAG_GROUP_RX_TX
   1983 	 *  WEP key not to be installed as default key.
   1984 	 * %KEY_FLAG_GROUP_RX_TX_DEFAULT
   1985 	 *  Default WEP or WPA-NONE key.
   1986 	 * %KEY_FLAG_GROUP_RX
   1987 	 *  GTK key valid for RX only.
   1988 	 * %KEY_FLAG_GROUP_TX_DEFAULT
   1989 	 *  GTK key valid for TX only, immediately taking over TX.
   1990 	 * %KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE_RX_TX
   1991 	 *  Pairwise key immediately becoming the active pairwise key.
   1992 	 * %KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE_RX
   1993 	 *  Pairwise key not yet valid for TX. (Only usable when Extended
   1994 	 *  Key ID is supported by the driver.)
   1995 	 * %KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE_RX_TX_MODIFY
   1996 	 *  Enable TX for a pairwise key installed with
   1997 	 *  KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE_RX.
   1998 	 *
   1999 	 * Not a valid standalone key type but pre-defined to be combined
   2000 	 * with other key_flags:
   2001 	 * %KEY_FLAG_RX_TX
   2002 	 *  RX/TX key. */
   2003 	enum key_flag key_flag;
   2004 
   2005 	/**
   2006 	 * link_id - MLO Link ID
   2007 	 *
   2008 	 * Set to a valid Link ID (0-14) when applicable, otherwise -1. */
   2009 	int link_id;
   2010 };
   2011 
   2012 enum wpa_driver_if_type {
   2013 	/**
   2014 	 * WPA_IF_STATION - Station mode interface
   2015 	 */
   2016 	WPA_IF_STATION,
   2017 
   2018 	/**
   2019 	 * WPA_IF_AP_VLAN - AP mode VLAN interface
   2020 	 *
   2021 	 * This interface shares its address and Beacon frame with the main
   2022 	 * BSS.
   2023 	 */
   2024 	WPA_IF_AP_VLAN,
   2025 
   2026 	/**
   2027 	 * WPA_IF_AP_BSS - AP mode BSS interface
   2028 	 *
   2029 	 * This interface has its own address and Beacon frame.
   2030 	 */
   2031 	WPA_IF_AP_BSS,
   2032 
   2033 	/**
   2034 	 * WPA_IF_P2P_GO - P2P Group Owner
   2035 	 */
   2036 	WPA_IF_P2P_GO,
   2037 
   2038 	/**
   2039 	 * WPA_IF_P2P_CLIENT - P2P Client
   2040 	 */
   2041 	WPA_IF_P2P_CLIENT,
   2042 
   2043 	/**
   2044 	 * WPA_IF_P2P_GROUP - P2P Group interface (will become either
   2045 	 * WPA_IF_P2P_GO or WPA_IF_P2P_CLIENT, but the role is not yet known)
   2046 	 */
   2047 	WPA_IF_P2P_GROUP,
   2048 
   2049 	/**
   2050 	 * WPA_IF_P2P_DEVICE - P2P Device interface is used to identify the
   2051 	 * abstracted P2P Device function in the driver
   2052 	 */
   2053 	WPA_IF_P2P_DEVICE,
   2054 
   2055 	/*
   2056 	 * WPA_IF_MESH - Mesh interface
   2057 	 */
   2058 	WPA_IF_MESH,
   2059 
   2060 	/*
   2061 	 * WPA_IF_TDLS - TDLS offchannel interface (used for pref freq only)
   2062 	 */
   2063 	WPA_IF_TDLS,
   2064 
   2065 	/*
   2066 	 * WPA_IF_IBSS - IBSS interface (used for pref freq only)
   2067 	 */
   2068 	WPA_IF_IBSS,
   2069 
   2070 	/*
   2071 	 * WPA_IF_NAN - NAN Device
   2072 	 */
   2073 	WPA_IF_NAN,
   2074 
   2075 	/* keep last */
   2076 	WPA_IF_MAX
   2077 };
   2078 
   2079 /**
   2080  * struct wpa_driver_capa - Driver capability information
   2081  */
   2082 struct wpa_driver_capa {
   2083 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_WPA		0x00000001
   2084 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_WPA2		0x00000002
   2085 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_WPA_PSK	0x00000004
   2086 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_WPA2_PSK	0x00000008
   2087 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_WPA_NONE	0x00000010
   2088 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_FT		0x00000020
   2089 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_FT_PSK		0x00000040
   2090 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_WAPI_PSK	0x00000080
   2091 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_SUITE_B	0x00000100
   2092 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_SUITE_B_192	0x00000200
   2093 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_OWE		0x00000400
   2094 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_DPP		0x00000800
   2095 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_FILS_SHA256    0x00001000
   2096 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_FILS_SHA384    0x00002000
   2097 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_FT_FILS_SHA256 0x00004000
   2098 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_FT_FILS_SHA384 0x00008000
   2099 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_SAE 		0x00010000
   2100 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_802_1X_SHA256	0x00020000
   2101 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_PSK_SHA256	0x00040000
   2102 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_TPK_HANDSHAKE	0x00080000
   2103 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_FT_SAE		0x00100000
   2104 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_FT_802_1X_SHA384	0x00200000
   2105 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_CCKM		0x00400000
   2106 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_OSEN		0x00800000
   2107 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_SAE_EXT_KEY	0x01000000
   2108 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_KEY_MGMT_FT_SAE_EXT_KEY	0x02000000
   2109 	/** Bitfield of supported key management suites */
   2110 	unsigned int key_mgmt;
   2111 	unsigned int key_mgmt_iftype[WPA_IF_MAX];
   2112 
   2113 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_ENC_WEP40	0x00000001
   2114 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_ENC_WEP104	0x00000002
   2115 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_ENC_TKIP	0x00000004
   2116 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_ENC_CCMP	0x00000008
   2117 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_ENC_WEP128	0x00000010
   2118 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_ENC_GCMP	0x00000020
   2119 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_ENC_GCMP_256	0x00000040
   2120 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_ENC_CCMP_256	0x00000080
   2121 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_ENC_BIP		0x00000100
   2122 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_ENC_BIP_GMAC_128	0x00000200
   2123 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_ENC_BIP_GMAC_256	0x00000400
   2124 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_ENC_BIP_CMAC_256	0x00000800
   2125 #define WPA_DRIVER_CAPA_ENC_GTK_NOT_USED	0x00001000
   2126 	/** Bitfield of supported cipher suites */
   2127 	unsigned int enc;
   2128 
   2129 #define WPA_DRIVER_AUTH_OPEN		0x00000001
   2130 #define WPA_DRIVER_AUTH_SHARED		0x00000002
   2131 #define WPA_DRIVER_AUTH_LEAP		0x00000004
   2132 	/** Bitfield of supported IEEE 802.11 authentication algorithms */
   2133 	unsigned int auth;
   2134 
   2135 /** Driver generated WPA/RSN IE */
   2136 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_DRIVER_IE	0x00000001
   2137 /** Driver needs static WEP key setup after association command */
   2138 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_SET_KEYS_AFTER_ASSOC 0x00000002
   2139 /** Driver takes care of all DFS operations */
   2140 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_DFS_OFFLOAD			0x00000004
   2141 /** Driver takes care of RSN 4-way handshake internally; PMK is configured with
   2142  * struct wpa_driver_ops::set_key using key_flag = KEY_FLAG_PMK */
   2143 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_8021X		0x00000008
   2144 /** Driver is for a wired Ethernet interface */
   2145 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_WIRED		0x00000010
   2146 /** Driver provides separate commands for authentication and association (SME in
   2147  * wpa_supplicant). */
   2148 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_SME		0x00000020
   2149 /** Driver supports AP mode */
   2150 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_AP		0x00000040
   2151 /** Driver needs static WEP key setup after association has been completed */
   2152 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_SET_KEYS_AFTER_ASSOC_DONE	0x00000080
   2153 /** Driver supports dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel changes during BSS lifetime */
   2154 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_HT_2040_COEX			0x00000100
   2155 /** Driver supports concurrent P2P operations */
   2156 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_P2P_CONCURRENT	0x00000200
   2157 /**
   2158  * Driver uses the initial interface as a dedicated management interface, i.e.,
   2159  * it cannot be used for P2P group operations or non-P2P purposes.
   2160  */
   2161 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_P2P_DEDICATED_INTERFACE	0x00000400
   2162 /** This interface is P2P capable (P2P GO or P2P Client) */
   2163 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_P2P_CAPABLE	0x00000800
   2164 /** Driver supports station and key removal when stopping an AP */
   2165 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_AP_TEARDOWN_SUPPORT		0x00001000
   2166 /**
   2167  * Driver uses the initial interface for P2P management interface and non-P2P
   2168  * purposes (e.g., connect to infra AP), but this interface cannot be used for
   2169  * P2P group operations.
   2170  */
   2171 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_P2P_MGMT_AND_NON_P2P		0x00002000
   2172 /**
   2173  * Driver is known to use valid error codes, i.e., when it indicates that
   2174  * something (e.g., association) fails, there was indeed a failure and the
   2175  * operation does not end up getting completed successfully later.
   2176  */
   2177 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_VALID_ERROR_CODES		0x00004000
   2178 /** Driver supports off-channel TX */
   2179 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_OFFCHANNEL_TX			0x00008000
   2180 /** Driver indicates TX status events for EAPOL Data frames */
   2181 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_EAPOL_TX_STATUS		0x00010000
   2182 /** Driver indicates TX status events for Deauth/Disassoc frames */
   2183 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_DEAUTH_TX_STATUS		0x00020000
   2184 /** Driver supports roaming (BSS selection) in firmware */
   2185 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_BSS_SELECTION			0x00040000
   2186 /** Driver supports operating as a TDLS peer */
   2187 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_TDLS_SUPPORT			0x00080000
   2188 /** Driver requires external TDLS setup/teardown/discovery */
   2189 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP		0x00100000
   2190 /** Driver indicates support for Probe Response offloading in AP mode */
   2191 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD		0x00200000
   2192 /** Driver supports U-APSD in AP mode */
   2193 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_AP_UAPSD			0x00400000
   2194 /** Driver supports inactivity timer in AP mode */
   2195 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_INACTIVITY_TIMER		0x00800000
   2196 /** Driver expects user space implementation of MLME in AP mode */
   2197 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_AP_MLME			0x01000000
   2198 /** Driver supports SAE with user space SME */
   2199 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_SAE				0x02000000
   2200 /** Driver makes use of OBSS scan mechanism in wpa_supplicant */
   2201 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_OBSS_SCAN			0x04000000
   2202 /** Driver supports IBSS (Ad-hoc) mode */
   2203 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_IBSS				0x08000000
   2204 /** Driver supports radar detection */
   2205 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_RADAR				0x10000000
   2206 /** Driver supports a dedicated interface for P2P Device */
   2207 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_DEDICATED_P2P_DEVICE		0x20000000
   2208 /** Driver supports QoS Mapping */
   2209 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_QOS_MAPPING			0x40000000
   2210 /** Driver supports CSA in AP mode */
   2211 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_AP_CSA				0x80000000
   2212 /** Driver supports mesh */
   2213 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_MESH			0x0000000100000000ULL
   2214 /** Driver support ACS offload */
   2215 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_ACS_OFFLOAD		0x0000000200000000ULL
   2216 /** Driver supports key management offload */
   2217 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_KEY_MGMT_OFFLOAD	0x0000000400000000ULL
   2218 /** Driver supports TDLS channel switching */
   2219 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH	0x0000000800000000ULL
   2220 /** Driver supports IBSS with HT datarates */
   2221 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_HT_IBSS		0x0000001000000000ULL
   2222 /** Driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates */
   2223 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_VHT_IBSS		0x0000002000000000ULL
   2224 /** Driver supports automatic band selection */
   2225 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_SUPPORT_HW_MODE_ANY	0x0000004000000000ULL
   2226 /** Driver supports simultaneous off-channel operations */
   2227 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_OFFCHANNEL_SIMULTANEOUS	0x0000008000000000ULL
   2228 /** Driver supports full AP client state */
   2229 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE	0x0000010000000000ULL
   2230 /** Driver supports P2P Listen offload */
   2231 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_P2P_LISTEN_OFFLOAD     0x0000020000000000ULL
   2232 /** Driver supports FILS */
   2233 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_SUPPORT_FILS		0x0000040000000000ULL
   2234 /** Driver supports Beacon frame TX rate configuration (legacy rates) */
   2235 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY	0x0000080000000000ULL
   2236 /** Driver supports Beacon frame TX rate configuration (HT rates) */
   2237 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_BEACON_RATE_HT		0x0000100000000000ULL
   2238 /** Driver supports Beacon frame TX rate configuration (VHT rates) */
   2239 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_BEACON_RATE_VHT	0x0000200000000000ULL
   2240 /** Driver supports mgmt_tx with random TX address in non-connected state */
   2241 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA	0x0000400000000000ULL
   2242 /** Driver supports mgmt_tx with random TX addr in connected state */
   2243 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED	0x0000800000000000ULL
   2244 /** Driver supports better BSS reporting with sched_scan in connected mode */
   2245 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI	0x0001000000000000ULL
   2246 /** Driver supports HE capabilities */
   2247 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_HE_CAPABILITIES	0x0002000000000000ULL
   2248 /** Driver supports FILS shared key offload */
   2249 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD	0x0004000000000000ULL
   2250 /** Driver supports all OCE STA specific mandatory features */
   2251 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_OCE_STA		0x0008000000000000ULL
   2252 /** Driver supports all OCE AP specific mandatory features */
   2253 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_OCE_AP			0x0010000000000000ULL
   2254 /**
   2255  * Driver supports all OCE STA-CFON specific mandatory features only.
   2256  * If a driver sets this bit but not the %WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_OCE_AP, the
   2257  * userspace shall assume that this driver may not support all OCE AP
   2258  * functionality but can support only OCE STA-CFON functionality.
   2259  */
   2260 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_OCE_STA_CFON		0x0020000000000000ULL
   2261 /** Driver supports MFP-optional in the connect command */
   2262 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_MFP_OPTIONAL		0x0040000000000000ULL
   2263 /** Driver is a self-managed regulatory device */
   2264 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_SELF_MANAGED_REGULATORY       0x0080000000000000ULL
   2265 /** Driver supports FTM responder functionality */
   2266 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_FTM_RESPONDER		0x0100000000000000ULL
   2267 /** Driver support 4-way handshake offload for WPA-Personal */
   2268 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_PSK	0x0200000000000000ULL
   2269 /** Driver supports a separate control port TX for EAPOL frames */
   2270 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_CONTROL_PORT		0x0400000000000000ULL
   2271 /** Driver supports VLAN offload */
   2272 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_VLAN_OFFLOAD		0x0800000000000000ULL
   2273 /** Driver supports UPDATE_FT_IES command */
   2274 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_UPDATE_FT_IES		0x1000000000000000ULL
   2275 /** Driver can correctly rekey PTKs without Extended Key ID */
   2276 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_SAFE_PTK0_REKEYS	0x2000000000000000ULL
   2277 /** Driver supports Beacon protection */
   2278 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_BEACON_PROTECTION	0x4000000000000000ULL
   2279 /** Driver supports Extended Key ID */
   2280 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_EXTENDED_KEY_ID	0x8000000000000000ULL
   2281 	u64 flags;
   2282 
   2283 /** Driver supports a separate control port RX for EAPOL frames */
   2284 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS2_CONTROL_PORT_RX	0x0000000000000001ULL
   2285 /** Driver supports TX status reports for EAPOL frames through control port */
   2286 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS2_CONTROL_PORT_TX_STATUS 0x0000000000000002ULL
   2287 /** Driver supports secure LTF in AP mode */
   2288 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS2_SEC_LTF_AP		0x0000000000000004ULL
   2289 /** Driver supports secure RTT measurement exchange in AP mode */
   2290 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS2_SEC_RTT_AP		0x0000000000000008ULL
   2291 /**
   2292  * Driver supports protection of range negotiation and measurement management
   2293  * frames in AP mode
   2294  */
   2295 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS2_PROT_RANGE_NEG_AP	0x0000000000000010ULL
   2296 /** Driver supports Beacon frame TX rate configuration (HE rates) */
   2297 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS2_BEACON_RATE_HE	0x0000000000000020ULL
   2298 /** Driver supports Beacon protection only in client mode */
   2299 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS2_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT 0x0000000000000040ULL
   2300 /** Driver supports Operating Channel Validation */
   2301 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS2_OCV			0x0000000000000080ULL
   2302 /** Driver expects user space implementation of SME in AP mode */
   2303 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS2_AP_SME		0x0000000000000100ULL
   2304 /** Driver handles SA Query procedures in AP mode */
   2305 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS2_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_AP	0x0000000000000200ULL
   2306 /** Driver supports background radar/CAC detection */
   2307 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS2_RADAR_BACKGROUND	0x0000000000000400ULL
   2308 /** Driver supports secure LTF in STA mode */
   2309 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS2_SEC_LTF_STA		0x0000000000000800ULL
   2310 /** Driver supports secure RTT measurement exchange in STA mode */
   2311 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS2_SEC_RTT_STA		0x0000000000001000ULL
   2312 /**
   2313  * Driver supports protection of range negotiation and measurement management
   2314  * frames in STA mode
   2315  */
   2316 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS2_PROT_RANGE_NEG_STA	0x0000000000002000ULL
   2317 /** Driver supports MLO in station/AP mode */
   2318 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS2_MLO			0x0000000000004000ULL
   2319 /** Driver supports minimal scan request probe content  */
   2320 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS2_SCAN_MIN_PREQ         0x0000000000008000ULL
   2321 /** Driver supports SAE authentication offload in STA mode */
   2322 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS2_SAE_OFFLOAD_STA	0x0000000000010000ULL
   2323 /** Driver support AP_PSK authentication offload */
   2324 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS2_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK	0x0000000000020000ULL
   2325 /** Driver supports OWE STA offload */
   2326 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS2_OWE_OFFLOAD_STA	0x0000000000040000ULL
   2327 /** Driver supports OWE AP offload */
   2328 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS2_OWE_OFFLOAD_AP	0x0000000000080000ULL
   2329 /** Driver support AP SAE authentication offload */
   2330 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS2_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP	0x0000000000100000ULL
   2331 /** Driver supports TWT responder in HT and VHT modes */
   2332 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS2_HT_VHT_TWT_RESPONDER	0x0000000000200000ULL
   2333 	u64 flags2;
   2334 
   2335 #define FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE_SUPP(drv_flags) \
   2336 	(drv_flags & WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE)
   2337 
   2338 	unsigned int wmm_ac_supported:1;
   2339 
   2340 	unsigned int mac_addr_rand_scan_supported:1;
   2341 	unsigned int mac_addr_rand_sched_scan_supported:1;
   2342 
   2343 	/** Maximum number of supported active probe SSIDs */
   2344 	int max_scan_ssids;
   2345 
   2346 	/** Maximum number of supported active probe SSIDs for sched_scan */
   2347 	int max_sched_scan_ssids;
   2348 
   2349 	/** Maximum number of supported scan plans for scheduled scan */
   2350 	unsigned int max_sched_scan_plans;
   2351 
   2352 	/** Maximum interval in a scan plan. In seconds */
   2353 	u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval;
   2354 
   2355 	/** Maximum number of iterations in a single scan plan */
   2356 	u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations;
   2357 
   2358 	/** Whether sched_scan (offloaded scanning) is supported */
   2359 	int sched_scan_supported;
   2360 
   2361 	/** Maximum number of supported match sets for sched_scan */
   2362 	int max_match_sets;
   2363 
   2364 	/**
   2365 	 * max_remain_on_chan - Maximum remain-on-channel duration in msec
   2366 	 */
   2367 	unsigned int max_remain_on_chan;
   2368 
   2369 	/**
   2370 	 * max_stations - Maximum number of associated stations the driver
   2371 	 * supports in AP mode
   2372 	 */
   2373 	unsigned int max_stations;
   2374 
   2375 	/**
   2376 	 * probe_resp_offloads - Bitmap of supported protocols by the driver
   2377 	 * for Probe Response offloading.
   2378 	 */
   2379 /** Driver Probe Response offloading support for WPS ver. 1 */
   2380 #define WPA_DRIVER_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_WPS		0x00000001
   2381 /** Driver Probe Response offloading support for WPS ver. 2 */
   2382 #define WPA_DRIVER_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_WPS2		0x00000002
   2383 /** Driver Probe Response offloading support for P2P */
   2384 #define WPA_DRIVER_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_P2P		0x00000004
   2385 /** Driver Probe Response offloading support for IEEE 802.11u (Interworking) */
   2386 #define WPA_DRIVER_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_INTERWORKING	0x00000008
   2387 	unsigned int probe_resp_offloads;
   2388 
   2389 	unsigned int max_acl_mac_addrs;
   2390 
   2391 	/**
   2392 	 * Number of supported concurrent channels
   2393 	 */
   2394 	unsigned int num_multichan_concurrent;
   2395 
   2396 	/**
   2397 	 * extended_capa - extended capabilities in driver/device
   2398 	 *
   2399 	 * Must be allocated and freed by driver and the pointers must be
   2400 	 * valid for the lifetime of the driver, i.e., freed in deinit()
   2401 	 */
   2402 	const u8 *extended_capa, *extended_capa_mask;
   2403 	unsigned int extended_capa_len;
   2404 
   2405 	struct wowlan_triggers wowlan_triggers;
   2406 
   2407 /** Driver adds the DS Params Set IE in Probe Request frames */
   2408 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES	0x00000001
   2409 /** Driver adds the WFA TPC IE in Probe Request frames */
   2410 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES		0x00000002
   2411 /** Driver handles quiet period requests */
   2412 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_QUIET				0x00000004
   2413 /**
   2414  * Driver is capable of inserting the current TX power value into the body of
   2415  * transmitted frames.
   2416  * Background: Some Action frames include a TPC Report IE. This IE contains a
   2417  * TX power field, which has to be updated by lower layers. One such Action
   2418  * frame is Link Measurement Report (part of RRM). Another is TPC Report (part
   2419  * of spectrum management). Note that this insertion takes place at a fixed
   2420  * offset, namely the 6th byte in the Action frame body.
   2421  */
   2422 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_TX_POWER_INSERTION		0x00000008
   2423 /**
   2424  * Driver supports RRM. With this support, the driver will accept to use RRM in
   2425  * (Re)Association Request frames, without supporting quiet period.
   2426  */
   2427 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_SUPPORT_RRM			0x00000010
   2428 
   2429 /** Driver supports setting the scan dwell time */
   2430 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_SUPPORT_SET_SCAN_DWELL		0x00000020
   2431 /** Driver supports Beacon Report Measurement */
   2432 #define WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_SUPPORT_BEACON_REPORT		0x00000040
   2433 
   2434 	u32 rrm_flags;
   2435 
   2436 	/* Driver concurrency capabilities */
   2437 	unsigned int conc_capab;
   2438 	/* Maximum number of concurrent channels on 2.4 GHz */
   2439 	unsigned int max_conc_chan_2_4;
   2440 	/* Maximum number of concurrent channels on 5 GHz */
   2441 	unsigned int max_conc_chan_5_0;
   2442 
   2443 	/* Maximum number of supported CSA counters */
   2444 	u16 max_csa_counters;
   2445 
   2446 	/* Maximum number of supported AKM suites in commands */
   2447 	unsigned int max_num_akms;
   2448 
   2449 	/* Maximum number of interfaces supported for MBSSID advertisement */
   2450 	unsigned int mbssid_max_interfaces;
   2451 	/* Maximum profile periodicity for enhanced MBSSID advertisement */
   2452 	unsigned int ema_max_periodicity;
   2453 };
   2454 
   2455 
   2456 struct hostapd_data;
   2457 
   2458 enum guard_interval {
   2459 	GUARD_INTERVAL_0_4 = 1,
   2460 	GUARD_INTERVAL_0_8 = 2,
   2461 	GUARD_INTERVAL_1_6 = 3,
   2462 	GUARD_INTERVAL_3_2 = 4,
   2463 };
   2464 
   2465 #define STA_DRV_DATA_TX_MCS BIT(0)
   2466 #define STA_DRV_DATA_RX_MCS BIT(1)
   2467 #define STA_DRV_DATA_TX_VHT_MCS BIT(2)
   2468 #define STA_DRV_DATA_RX_VHT_MCS BIT(3)
   2469 #define STA_DRV_DATA_TX_VHT_NSS BIT(4)
   2470 #define STA_DRV_DATA_RX_VHT_NSS BIT(5)
   2471 #define STA_DRV_DATA_TX_SHORT_GI BIT(6)
   2472 #define STA_DRV_DATA_RX_SHORT_GI BIT(7)
   2473 #define STA_DRV_DATA_LAST_ACK_RSSI BIT(8)
   2474 #define STA_DRV_DATA_CONN_TIME BIT(9)
   2475 #define STA_DRV_DATA_TX_HE_MCS BIT(10)
   2476 #define STA_DRV_DATA_RX_HE_MCS BIT(11)
   2477 #define STA_DRV_DATA_TX_HE_NSS BIT(12)
   2478 #define STA_DRV_DATA_RX_HE_NSS BIT(13)
   2479 #define STA_DRV_DATA_TX_HE_DCM BIT(14)
   2480 #define STA_DRV_DATA_RX_HE_DCM BIT(15)
   2481 #define STA_DRV_DATA_TX_HE_GI BIT(16)
   2482 #define STA_DRV_DATA_RX_HE_GI BIT(17)
   2483 
   2484 struct hostap_sta_driver_data {
   2485 	unsigned long rx_packets, tx_packets;
   2486 	unsigned long long rx_bytes, tx_bytes;
   2487 	unsigned long long rx_airtime, tx_airtime;
   2488 	unsigned long long beacons_count;
   2489 	int bytes_64bit; /* whether 64-bit byte counters are supported */
   2490 	unsigned long current_tx_rate; /* in kbps */
   2491 	unsigned long current_rx_rate; /* in kbps */
   2492 	unsigned long inactive_msec;
   2493 	unsigned long connected_sec;
   2494 	unsigned long flags; /* bitfield of STA_DRV_DATA_* */
   2495 	unsigned long num_ps_buf_frames;
   2496 	unsigned long tx_retry_failed;
   2497 	unsigned long tx_retry_count;
   2498 	s8 last_ack_rssi;
   2499 	unsigned long backlog_packets;
   2500 	unsigned long backlog_bytes;
   2501 	unsigned long fcs_error_count;
   2502 	unsigned long beacon_loss_count;
   2503 	unsigned long expected_throughput;
   2504 	unsigned long rx_drop_misc;
   2505 	unsigned long rx_mpdus;
   2506 	int signal; /* dBm; or -WPA_INVALID_NOISE */
   2507 	u8 rx_hemcs;
   2508 	u8 tx_hemcs;
   2509 	u8 rx_vhtmcs;
   2510 	u8 tx_vhtmcs;
   2511 	u8 rx_mcs;
   2512 	u8 tx_mcs;
   2513 	u8 rx_he_nss;
   2514 	u8 tx_he_nss;
   2515 	u8 rx_vht_nss;
   2516 	u8 tx_vht_nss;
   2517 	s8 avg_signal; /* dBm */
   2518 	s8 avg_beacon_signal; /* dBm */
   2519 	s8 avg_ack_signal; /* dBm */
   2520 	enum guard_interval rx_guard_interval, tx_guard_interval;
   2521 	u8 rx_dcm, tx_dcm;
   2522 };
   2523 
   2524 struct hostapd_sta_add_params {
   2525 	const u8 *addr;
   2526 	u16 aid;
   2527 	u16 capability;
   2528 	const u8 *supp_rates;
   2529 	size_t supp_rates_len;
   2530 	u16 listen_interval;
   2531 	const struct ieee80211_ht_capabilities *ht_capabilities;
   2532 	const struct ieee80211_vht_capabilities *vht_capabilities;
   2533 	int vht_opmode_enabled;
   2534 	u8 vht_opmode;
   2535 	const struct ieee80211_he_capabilities *he_capab;
   2536 	size_t he_capab_len;
   2537 	const struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_band_cap *he_6ghz_capab;
   2538 	const struct ieee80211_eht_capabilities *eht_capab;
   2539 	size_t eht_capab_len;
   2540 	u32 flags; /* bitmask of WPA_STA_* flags */
   2541 	u32 flags_mask; /* unset bits in flags */
   2542 #ifdef CONFIG_MESH
   2543 	enum mesh_plink_state plink_state;
   2544 	u16 peer_aid;
   2545 #endif /* CONFIG_MESH */
   2546 	int set; /* Set STA parameters instead of add */
   2547 	u8 qosinfo;
   2548 	const u8 *ext_capab;
   2549 	size_t ext_capab_len;
   2550 	const u8 *supp_channels;
   2551 	size_t supp_channels_len;
   2552 	const u8 *supp_oper_classes;
   2553 	size_t supp_oper_classes_len;
   2554 	int support_p2p_ps;
   2555 
   2556 	bool mld_link_sta;
   2557 	s8 mld_link_id;
   2558 	const u8 *mld_link_addr;
   2559 };
   2560 
   2561 struct mac_address {
   2562 	u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
   2563 };
   2564 
   2565 struct hostapd_acl_params {
   2566 	u8 acl_policy;
   2567 	unsigned int num_mac_acl;
   2568 	struct mac_address mac_acl[0];
   2569 };
   2570 
   2571 struct wpa_init_params {
   2572 	void *global_priv;
   2573 	const u8 *bssid;
   2574 	const char *ifname;
   2575 	const char *driver_params;
   2576 	int use_pae_group_addr;
   2577 	char **bridge;
   2578 	size_t num_bridge;
   2579 
   2580 	u8 *own_addr; /* buffer for writing own MAC address */
   2581 };
   2582 
   2583 
   2584 struct wpa_bss_params {
   2585 	/** Interface name (for multi-SSID/VLAN support) */
   2586 	const char *ifname;
   2587 	/** Whether IEEE 802.1X or WPA/WPA2 is enabled */
   2588 	int enabled;
   2589 
   2590 	int wpa;
   2591 	int ieee802_1x;
   2592 	int wpa_group;
   2593 	int wpa_pairwise;
   2594 	int wpa_key_mgmt;
   2595 	int rsn_preauth;
   2596 	enum mfp_options ieee80211w;
   2597 };
   2598 
   2599 #define WPA_STA_AUTHORIZED BIT(0)
   2600 #define WPA_STA_WMM BIT(1)
   2601 #define WPA_STA_SHORT_PREAMBLE BIT(2)
   2602 #define WPA_STA_MFP BIT(3)
   2603 #define WPA_STA_TDLS_PEER BIT(4)
   2604 #define WPA_STA_AUTHENTICATED BIT(5)
   2605 #define WPA_STA_ASSOCIATED BIT(6)
   2606 
   2607 enum tdls_oper {
   2608 	TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ,
   2609 	TDLS_SETUP,
   2610 	TDLS_TEARDOWN,
   2611 	TDLS_ENABLE_LINK,
   2612 	TDLS_DISABLE_LINK,
   2613 	TDLS_ENABLE,
   2614 	TDLS_DISABLE
   2615 };
   2616 
   2617 enum wnm_oper {
   2618 	WNM_SLEEP_ENTER_CONFIRM,
   2619 	WNM_SLEEP_ENTER_FAIL,
   2620 	WNM_SLEEP_EXIT_CONFIRM,
   2621 	WNM_SLEEP_EXIT_FAIL,
   2622 	WNM_SLEEP_TFS_REQ_IE_ADD,   /* STA requests driver to add TFS req IE */
   2623 	WNM_SLEEP_TFS_REQ_IE_NONE,  /* STA requests empty TFS req IE */
   2624 	WNM_SLEEP_TFS_REQ_IE_SET,   /* AP requests driver to set TFS req IE for
   2625 				     * a STA */
   2626 	WNM_SLEEP_TFS_RESP_IE_ADD,  /* AP requests driver to add TFS resp IE
   2627 				     * for a STA */
   2628 	WNM_SLEEP_TFS_RESP_IE_NONE, /* AP requests empty TFS resp IE */
   2629 	WNM_SLEEP_TFS_RESP_IE_SET,  /* AP requests driver to set TFS resp IE
   2630 				     * for a STA */
   2631 	WNM_SLEEP_TFS_IE_DEL        /* AP delete the TFS IE */
   2632 };
   2633 
   2634 /* enum smps_mode - SMPS mode definitions */
   2635 enum smps_mode {
   2636 	SMPS_AUTOMATIC,
   2637 	SMPS_OFF,
   2638 	SMPS_DYNAMIC,
   2639 	SMPS_STATIC,
   2640 
   2641 	/* Keep last */
   2642 	SMPS_INVALID,
   2643 };
   2644 
   2645 #define WPA_INVALID_NOISE 9999
   2646 
   2647 /**
   2648  * struct wpa_signal_info - Information about channel signal quality
   2649  * @frequency: control frequency
   2650  * @above_threshold: true if the above threshold was crossed
   2651  *	(relevant for a CQM event)
   2652  * @data: STA information
   2653  * @current_noise: %WPA_INVALID_NOISE if not supported
   2654  * @chanwidth: channel width
   2655  * @center_frq1: center frequency for the first segment
   2656  * @center_frq2: center frequency for the second segment (if relevant)
   2657  */
   2658 struct wpa_signal_info {
   2659 	u32 frequency;
   2660 	int above_threshold;
   2661 	struct hostap_sta_driver_data data;
   2662 	int current_noise;
   2663 	enum chan_width chanwidth;
   2664 	int center_frq1;
   2665 	int center_frq2;
   2666 };
   2667 
   2668 struct wpa_mlo_signal_info {
   2669 	u16 valid_links;
   2670 	struct wpa_signal_info links[MAX_NUM_MLD_LINKS];
   2671 };
   2672 
   2673 /**
   2674  * struct wpa_channel_info - Information about the current channel
   2675  * @frequency: Center frequency of the primary 20 MHz channel
   2676  * @chanwidth: Width of the current operating channel
   2677  * @sec_channel: Location of the secondary 20 MHz channel (either +1 or -1).
   2678  *	This field is only filled in when using a 40 MHz channel.
   2679  * @center_frq1: Center frequency of frequency segment 0
   2680  * @center_frq2: Center frequency of frequency segment 1 (for 80+80 channels)
   2681  * @seg1_idx: Frequency segment 1 index when using a 80+80 channel. This is
   2682  *	derived from center_frq2 for convenience.
   2683  */
   2684 struct wpa_channel_info {
   2685 	u32 frequency;
   2686 	enum chan_width chanwidth;
   2687 	int sec_channel;
   2688 	int center_frq1;
   2689 	int center_frq2;
   2690 	u8 seg1_idx;
   2691 };
   2692 
   2693 /**
   2694  * struct beacon_data - Beacon data
   2695  * @head: Head portion of Beacon frame (before TIM IE)
   2696  * @tail: Tail portion of Beacon frame (after TIM IE)
   2697  * @beacon_ies: Extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL
   2698  * @proberesp_ies: Extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response
   2699  *	frames or %NULL
   2700  * @assocresp_ies: Extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association
   2701  *	Response frames or %NULL
   2702  * @probe_resp: Probe Response frame template
   2703  * @head_len: Length of @head
   2704  * @tail_len: Length of @tail
   2705  * @beacon_ies_len: Length of beacon_ies in octets
   2706  * @proberesp_ies_len: Length of proberesp_ies in octets
   2707  * @proberesp_ies_len: Length of proberesp_ies in octets
   2708  * @probe_resp_len: Length of probe response template (@probe_resp)
   2709  */
   2710 struct beacon_data {
   2711 	u8 *head, *tail;
   2712 	u8 *beacon_ies;
   2713 	u8 *proberesp_ies;
   2714 	u8 *assocresp_ies;
   2715 	u8 *probe_resp;
   2716 
   2717 	size_t head_len, tail_len;
   2718 	size_t beacon_ies_len;
   2719 	size_t proberesp_ies_len;
   2720 	size_t assocresp_ies_len;
   2721 	size_t probe_resp_len;
   2722 };
   2723 
   2724 /**
   2725  * struct csa_settings - Settings for channel switch command
   2726  * @cs_count: Count in Beacon frames (TBTT) to perform the switch
   2727  * @block_tx: 1 - block transmission for CSA period
   2728  * @freq_params: Next channel frequency parameter
   2729  * @beacon_csa: Beacon/probe resp/asooc resp info for CSA period
   2730  * @beacon_after: Next beacon/probe resp/asooc resp info
   2731  * @counter_offset_beacon: Offset to the count field in beacon's tail
   2732  * @counter_offset_presp: Offset to the count field in probe resp.
   2733  * @punct_bitmap - Preamble puncturing bitmap
   2734  * @link_id: Link ID to determine the link for MLD; -1 for non-MLD
   2735  * @ubpr: Unsolicited broadcast Probe Response frame data
   2736  */
   2737 struct csa_settings {
   2738 	u8 cs_count;
   2739 	u8 block_tx;
   2740 
   2741 	struct hostapd_freq_params freq_params;
   2742 	struct beacon_data beacon_csa;
   2743 	struct beacon_data beacon_after;
   2744 
   2745 	u16 counter_offset_beacon[2];
   2746 	u16 counter_offset_presp[2];
   2747 
   2748 	u16 punct_bitmap;
   2749 	int link_id;
   2750 
   2751 	struct unsol_bcast_probe_resp ubpr;
   2752 };
   2753 
   2754 /**
   2755  * struct cca_settings - Settings for color switch command
   2756  * @cca_count: Count in Beacon frames (TBTT) to perform the switch
   2757  * @cca_color: The new color that we are switching to
   2758  * @beacon_cca: Beacon/Probe Response/(Re)Association Response frame info for
   2759  * color switch period
   2760  * @beacon_after: Next Beacon/Probe Response/(Re)Association Response frame info
   2761  * @counter_offset_beacon: Offset to the count field in Beacon frame tail
   2762  * @counter_offset_presp: Offset to the count field in Probe Response frame
   2763  * @ubpr: Unsolicited broadcast Probe Response frame data
   2764  * @link_id: If >= 0 indicates the link of the AP MLD to configure
   2765  */
   2766 struct cca_settings {
   2767 	u8 cca_count;
   2768 	u8 cca_color;
   2769 
   2770 	struct beacon_data beacon_cca;
   2771 	struct beacon_data beacon_after;
   2772 
   2773 	u16 counter_offset_beacon;
   2774 	u16 counter_offset_presp;
   2775 
   2776 	struct unsol_bcast_probe_resp ubpr;
   2777 
   2778 	int link_id;
   2779 };
   2780 
   2781 /* TDLS peer capabilities for send_tdls_mgmt() */
   2782 enum tdls_peer_capability {
   2783 	TDLS_PEER_HT = BIT(0),
   2784 	TDLS_PEER_VHT = BIT(1),
   2785 	TDLS_PEER_WMM = BIT(2),
   2786 	TDLS_PEER_HE = BIT(3),
   2787 };
   2788 
   2789 /* valid info in the wmm_params struct */
   2790 enum wmm_params_valid_info {
   2791 	WMM_PARAMS_UAPSD_QUEUES_INFO = BIT(0),
   2792 };
   2793 
   2794 /**
   2795  * struct wmm_params - WMM parameterss configured for this association
   2796  * @info_bitmap: Bitmap of valid wmm_params info; indicates what fields
   2797  *	of the struct contain valid information.
   2798  * @uapsd_queues: Bitmap of ACs configured for uapsd (valid only if
   2799  *	%WMM_PARAMS_UAPSD_QUEUES_INFO is set)
   2800  */
   2801 struct wmm_params {
   2802 	u8 info_bitmap;
   2803 	u8 uapsd_queues;
   2804 };
   2805 
   2806 #ifdef CONFIG_MACSEC
   2807 struct macsec_init_params {
   2808 	bool always_include_sci;
   2809 	bool use_es;
   2810 	bool use_scb;
   2811 };
   2812 #endif /* CONFIG_MACSEC */
   2813 
   2814 enum drv_br_port_attr {
   2815 	DRV_BR_PORT_ATTR_PROXYARP,
   2816 	DRV_BR_PORT_ATTR_HAIRPIN_MODE,
   2817 	DRV_BR_PORT_ATTR_MCAST2UCAST,
   2818 };
   2819 
   2820 enum drv_br_net_param {
   2821 	DRV_BR_NET_PARAM_GARP_ACCEPT,
   2822 	DRV_BR_MULTICAST_SNOOPING,
   2823 };
   2824 
   2825 struct drv_acs_params {
   2826 	/* Selected mode (HOSTAPD_MODE_*) */
   2827 	enum hostapd_hw_mode hw_mode;
   2828 
   2829 	/* Indicates whether HT is enabled */
   2830 	int ht_enabled;
   2831 
   2832 	/* Indicates whether HT40 is enabled */
   2833 	int ht40_enabled;
   2834 
   2835 	/* Indicates whether VHT is enabled */
   2836 	int vht_enabled;
   2837 
   2838 	/* Configured ACS channel width */
   2839 	u16 ch_width;
   2840 
   2841 	/* ACS frequency list info */
   2842 	const int *freq_list;
   2843 
   2844 	/* Indicates whether EDMG is enabled */
   2845 	int edmg_enabled;
   2846 
   2847 	/* Indicates whether EHT is enabled */
   2848 	bool eht_enabled;
   2849 
   2850 	/* Indicates the link if MLO case; -1 otherwise */
   2851 	int link_id;
   2852 };
   2853 
   2854 struct wpa_bss_trans_info {
   2855 	u8 mbo_transition_reason;
   2856 	u8 n_candidates;
   2857 	u8 *bssid;
   2858 };
   2859 
   2860 struct wpa_bss_candidate_info {
   2861 	u8 num;
   2862 	struct candidate_list {
   2863 		u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
   2864 		u8 is_accept;
   2865 		u32 reject_reason;
   2866 	} *candidates;
   2867 };
   2868 
   2869 struct wpa_pmkid_params {
   2870 	const u8 *bssid;
   2871 	const u8 *ssid;
   2872 	size_t ssid_len;
   2873 	const u8 *fils_cache_id;
   2874 	const u8 *pmkid;
   2875 	const u8 *pmk;
   2876 	size_t pmk_len;
   2877 	u32 pmk_lifetime;
   2878 	u8 pmk_reauth_threshold;
   2879 };
   2880 
   2881 /* Mask used to specify which connection parameters have to be updated */
   2882 enum wpa_drv_update_connect_params_mask {
   2883 	WPA_DRV_UPDATE_ASSOC_IES	= BIT(0),
   2884 	WPA_DRV_UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO	= BIT(1),
   2885 	WPA_DRV_UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE	= BIT(2),
   2886 };
   2887 
   2888 /**
   2889  * struct external_auth - External authentication trigger parameters
   2890  *
   2891  * These are used across the external authentication request and event
   2892  * interfaces.
   2893  * @action: Action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant
   2894  *	for the event interface.
   2895  * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has to happen. Used
   2896  *	by both the request and event interface.
   2897  * @ssid: SSID of the AP. Used by both the request and event interface.
   2898  * @ssid_len: SSID length in octets.
   2899  * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Optional for
   2900  *	the request interface.
   2901  * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication,
   2902  *	use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if wpa_supplicant cannot give
   2903  *	the real status code for failures. Used only for the request interface
   2904  *	from user space to the driver.
   2905  * @pmkid: Generated PMKID as part of external auth exchange (e.g., SAE).
   2906  * @mld_addr: AP's MLD address or %NULL if MLO is not used
   2907  */
   2908 struct external_auth {
   2909 	enum {
   2910 		EXT_AUTH_START,
   2911 		EXT_AUTH_ABORT,
   2912 	} action;
   2913 	const u8 *bssid;
   2914 	const u8 *ssid;
   2915 	size_t ssid_len;
   2916 	unsigned int key_mgmt_suite;
   2917 	u16 status;
   2918 	const u8 *pmkid;
   2919 	const u8 *mld_addr;
   2920 };
   2921 
   2922 #define WPAS_MAX_PASN_PEERS 10
   2923 
   2924 enum pasn_status {
   2925 	PASN_STATUS_SUCCESS = 0,
   2926 	PASN_STATUS_FAILURE = 1,
   2927 };
   2928 
   2929 /**
   2930  * struct pasn_peer - PASN peer parameters
   2931  *
   2932  * Used to process the PASN authentication event from the driver to
   2933  * userspace and to send a response back.
   2934  * @own_addr: Own MAC address specified by the driver to use for PASN
   2935  *	handshake.
   2936  * @peer_addr: MAC address of the peer with which PASN authentication is to be
   2937  *	performed.
   2938  * @network_id: Unique id for the network.
   2939  *	This identifier is used as a unique identifier for each network
   2940  *	block when using the control interface. Each network is allocated an
   2941  *	id when it is being created, either when reading the configuration
   2942  *	file or when a new network is added through the control interface.
   2943  * @akmp: Authentication key management protocol type supported.
   2944  * @cipher: Cipher suite.
   2945  * @group: Finite cyclic group. Default group used is 19 (ECC).
   2946  * @ltf_keyseed_required: Indicates whether LTF keyseed generation is required
   2947  * @status: PASN response status, %PASN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful
   2948  *	authentication, use %PASN_STATUS_FAILURE if PASN authentication
   2949  *	fails or if wpa_supplicant fails to set the security ranging context to
   2950  *	the driver
   2951  */
   2952 struct pasn_peer {
   2953 	u8 own_addr[ETH_ALEN];
   2954 	u8 peer_addr[ETH_ALEN];
   2955 	int network_id;
   2956 	int akmp;
   2957 	int cipher;
   2958 	int group;
   2959 	bool ltf_keyseed_required;
   2960 	enum pasn_status status;
   2961 };
   2962 
   2963 /**
   2964  * struct pasn_auth - PASN authentication trigger parameters
   2965  *
   2966  * These are used across the PASN authentication event from the driver to
   2967  * userspace and to send a response to it.
   2968  * @action: Action type. Only significant for the event interface.
   2969  * @num_peers: The number of peers for which the PASN handshake is requested
   2970  *	for.
   2971  * @peer: Holds the peer details.
   2972  */
   2973 struct pasn_auth {
   2974 	enum {
   2975 		PASN_ACTION_AUTH,
   2976 		PASN_ACTION_DELETE_SECURE_RANGING_CONTEXT,
   2977 	} action;
   2978 	unsigned int num_peers;
   2979 	struct pasn_peer peer[WPAS_MAX_PASN_PEERS];
   2980 };
   2981 
   2982 /**
   2983  * struct secure_ranging_params - Parameters required to set secure ranging
   2984  *	context for a peer.
   2985  *
   2986  * @action: Add or delete a security context to the driver.
   2987  * @own_addr: Own MAC address used during key derivation.
   2988  * @peer_addr: Address of the peer device.
   2989  * @cipher: Cipher suite.
   2990  * @tk_len: Length of temporal key.
   2991  * @tk: Temporal key buffer.
   2992  * @ltf_keyseed_len: Length of LTF keyseed.
   2993  * @ltf_keyeed: LTF keyseed buffer.
   2994  */
   2995 struct secure_ranging_params {
   2996 	u32 action;
   2997 	const u8 *own_addr;
   2998 	const u8 *peer_addr;
   2999 	u32 cipher;
   3000 	u8 tk_len;
   3001 	const u8 *tk;
   3002 	u8 ltf_keyseed_len;
   3003 	const u8 *ltf_keyseed;
   3004 };
   3005 
   3006 /* enum nested_attr - Used to specify if subcommand uses nested attributes */
   3007 enum nested_attr {
   3008 	NESTED_ATTR_NOT_USED = 0,
   3009 	NESTED_ATTR_USED = 1,
   3010 	NESTED_ATTR_UNSPECIFIED = 2,
   3011 };
   3012 
   3013 /* Preferred channel list information */
   3014 
   3015 /* GO role */
   3016 #define WEIGHTED_PCL_GO BIT(0)
   3017 /* P2P Client role */
   3018 #define WEIGHTED_PCL_CLI BIT(1)
   3019 /* Must be considered for operating channel */
   3020 #define WEIGHTED_PCL_MUST_CONSIDER BIT(2)
   3021 /* Should be excluded in GO negotiation */
   3022 #define WEIGHTED_PCL_EXCLUDE BIT(3)
   3023 
   3024 /* Preferred channel list with weight */
   3025 struct weighted_pcl {
   3026 	u32 freq; /* MHz */
   3027 	u8 weight;
   3028 	u32 flag; /* bitmap for WEIGHTED_PCL_* */
   3029 };
   3030 
   3031 struct driver_sta_mlo_info {
   3032 	bool default_map;
   3033 	u16 req_links; /* bitmap of requested link IDs */
   3034 	u16 valid_links; /* bitmap of accepted link IDs */
   3035 	u8 assoc_link_id;
   3036 	u8 ap_mld_addr[ETH_ALEN];
   3037 	struct {
   3038 		u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
   3039 		u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
   3040 		unsigned int freq;
   3041 		struct t2lm_mapping t2lmap;
   3042 	} links[MAX_NUM_MLD_LINKS];
   3043 };
   3044 
   3045 /**
   3046  * struct wpa_driver_ops - Driver interface API definition
   3047  *
   3048  * This structure defines the API that each driver interface needs to implement
   3049  * for core wpa_supplicant code. All driver specific functionality is captured
   3050  * in this wrapper.
   3051  */
   3052 struct wpa_driver_ops {
   3053 	/** Name of the driver interface */
   3054 	const char *name;
   3055 	/** One line description of the driver interface */
   3056 	const char *desc;
   3057 
   3058 	/**
   3059 	 * get_bssid - Get the current BSSID
   3060 	 * @priv: private driver interface data
   3061 	 * @bssid: buffer for BSSID (ETH_ALEN = 6 bytes)
   3062 	 *
   3063 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   3064 	 *
   3065 	 * Query kernel driver for the current BSSID and copy it to bssid.
   3066 	 * Setting bssid to 00:00:00:00:00:00 is recommended if the STA is not
   3067 	 * associated.
   3068 	 */
   3069 	int (*get_bssid)(void *priv, u8 *bssid);
   3070 
   3071 	/**
   3072 	 * get_ssid - Get the current SSID
   3073 	 * @priv: private driver interface data
   3074 	 * @ssid: buffer for SSID (at least 32 bytes)
   3075 	 *
   3076 	 * Returns: Length of the SSID on success, -1 on failure
   3077 	 *
   3078 	 * Query kernel driver for the current SSID and copy it to ssid.
   3079 	 * Returning zero is recommended if the STA is not associated.
   3080 	 *
   3081 	 * Note: SSID is an array of octets, i.e., it is not nul terminated and
   3082 	 * can, at least in theory, contain control characters (including nul)
   3083 	 * and as such, should be processed as binary data, not a printable
   3084 	 * string.
   3085 	 */
   3086 	int (*get_ssid)(void *priv, u8 *ssid);
   3087 
   3088 	/**
   3089 	 * set_key - Configure encryption key
   3090 	 * @priv: private driver interface data
   3091 	 * @params: Key parameters
   3092 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   3093 	 *
   3094 	 * Configure the given key for the kernel driver. If the driver
   3095 	 * supports separate individual keys (4 default keys + 1 individual),
   3096 	 * addr can be used to determine whether the key is default or
   3097 	 * individual. If only 4 keys are supported, the default key with key
   3098 	 * index 0 is used as the individual key. STA must be configured to use
   3099 	 * it as the default Tx key (set_tx is set) and accept Rx for all the
   3100 	 * key indexes. In most cases, WPA uses only key indexes 1 and 2 for
   3101 	 * broadcast keys, so key index 0 is available for this kind of
   3102 	 * configuration.
   3103 	 *
   3104 	 * Please note that TKIP keys include separate TX and RX MIC keys and
   3105 	 * some drivers may expect them in different order than wpa_supplicant
   3106 	 * is using. If the TX/RX keys are swapped, all TKIP encrypted packets
   3107 	 * will trigger Michael MIC errors. This can be fixed by changing the
   3108 	 * order of MIC keys by swapping the bytes 16..23 and 24..31 of the key
   3109 	 * in driver_*.c set_key() implementation, see driver_ndis.c for an
   3110 	 * example on how this can be done.
   3111 	 */
   3112 	int (*set_key)(void *priv, struct wpa_driver_set_key_params *params);
   3113 
   3114 	/**
   3115 	 * init - Initialize driver interface
   3116 	 * @ctx: context to be used when calling wpa_supplicant functions,
   3117 	 * e.g., wpa_supplicant_event()
   3118 	 * @ifname: interface name, e.g., wlan0
   3119 	 *
   3120 	 * Returns: Pointer to private data, %NULL on failure
   3121 	 *
   3122 	 * Initialize driver interface, including event processing for kernel
   3123 	 * driver events (e.g., associated, scan results, Michael MIC failure).
   3124 	 * This function can allocate a private configuration data area for
   3125 	 * @ctx, file descriptor, interface name, etc. information that may be
   3126 	 * needed in future driver operations. If this is not used, non-NULL
   3127 	 * value will need to be returned because %NULL is used to indicate
   3128 	 * failure. The returned value will be used as 'void *priv' data for
   3129 	 * all other driver_ops functions.
   3130 	 *
   3131 	 * The main event loop (eloop.c) of wpa_supplicant can be used to
   3132 	 * register callback for read sockets (eloop_register_read_sock()).
   3133 	 *
   3134 	 * See below for more information about events and
   3135 	 * wpa_supplicant_event() function.
   3136 	 */
   3137 	void * (*init)(void *ctx, const char *ifname);
   3138 
   3139 	/**
   3140 	 * deinit - Deinitialize driver interface
   3141 	 * @priv: private driver interface data from init()
   3142 	 *
   3143 	 * Shut down driver interface and processing of driver events. Free
   3144 	 * private data buffer if one was allocated in init() handler.
   3145 	 */
   3146 	void (*deinit)(void *priv);
   3147 
   3148 	/**
   3149 	 * set_param - Set driver configuration parameters
   3150 	 * @priv: private driver interface data from init()
   3151 	 * @param: driver specific configuration parameters
   3152 	 *
   3153 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   3154 	 *
   3155 	 * Optional handler for notifying driver interface about configuration
   3156 	 * parameters (driver_param).
   3157 	 */
   3158 	int (*set_param)(void *priv, const char *param);
   3159 
   3160 	/**
   3161 	 * set_countermeasures - Enable/disable TKIP countermeasures
   3162 	 * @priv: private driver interface data
   3163 	 * @enabled: 1 = countermeasures enabled, 0 = disabled
   3164 	 *
   3165 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   3166 	 *
   3167 	 * Configure TKIP countermeasures. When these are enabled, the driver
   3168 	 * should drop all received and queued frames that are using TKIP.
   3169 	 */
   3170 	int (*set_countermeasures)(void *priv, int enabled);
   3171 
   3172 	/**
   3173 	 * deauthenticate - Request driver to deauthenticate
   3174 	 * @priv: private driver interface data
   3175 	 * @addr: peer address (BSSID of the AP)
   3176 	 * @reason_code: 16-bit reason code to be sent in the deauthentication
   3177 	 *	frame
   3178 	 *
   3179 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   3180 	 */
   3181 	int (*deauthenticate)(void *priv, const u8 *addr, u16 reason_code);
   3182 
   3183 	/**
   3184 	 * associate - Request driver to associate
   3185 	 * @priv: private driver interface data
   3186 	 * @params: association parameters
   3187 	 *
   3188 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   3189 	 */
   3190 	int (*associate)(void *priv,
   3191 			 struct wpa_driver_associate_params *params);
   3192 
   3193 	/**
   3194 	 * add_pmkid - Add PMKSA cache entry to the driver
   3195 	 * @priv: private driver interface data
   3196 	 * @params: PMKSA parameters
   3197 	 *
   3198 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   3199 	 *
   3200 	 * This function is called when a new PMK is received, as a result of
   3201 	 * either normal authentication or RSN pre-authentication. The PMKSA
   3202 	 * parameters are either a set of bssid, pmkid, and pmk; or a set of
   3203 	 * ssid, fils_cache_id, pmkid, and pmk.
   3204 	 *
   3205 	 * If the driver generates RSN IE, i.e., it does not use wpa_ie in
   3206 	 * associate(), add_pmkid() can be used to add new PMKSA cache entries
   3207 	 * in the driver. If the driver uses wpa_ie from wpa_supplicant, this
   3208 	 * driver_ops function does not need to be implemented. Likewise, if
   3209 	 * the driver does not support WPA, this function is not needed.
   3210 	 */
   3211 	int (*add_pmkid)(void *priv, struct wpa_pmkid_params *params);
   3212 
   3213 	/**
   3214 	 * remove_pmkid - Remove PMKSA cache entry to the driver
   3215 	 * @priv: private driver interface data
   3216 	 * @params: PMKSA parameters
   3217 	 *
   3218 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   3219 	 *
   3220 	 * This function is called when the supplicant drops a PMKSA cache
   3221 	 * entry for any reason. The PMKSA parameters are either a set of
   3222 	 * bssid and pmkid; or a set of ssid, fils_cache_id, and pmkid.
   3223 	 *
   3224 	 * If the driver generates RSN IE, i.e., it does not use wpa_ie in
   3225 	 * associate(), remove_pmkid() can be used to synchronize PMKSA caches
   3226 	 * between the driver and wpa_supplicant. If the driver uses wpa_ie
   3227 	 * from wpa_supplicant, this driver_ops function does not need to be
   3228 	 * implemented. Likewise, if the driver does not support WPA, this
   3229 	 * function is not needed.
   3230 	 */
   3231 	int (*remove_pmkid)(void *priv, struct wpa_pmkid_params *params);
   3232 
   3233 	/**
   3234 	 * flush_pmkid - Flush PMKSA cache
   3235 	 * @priv: private driver interface data
   3236 	 *
   3237 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   3238 	 *
   3239 	 * This function is called when the supplicant drops all PMKSA cache
   3240 	 * entries for any reason.
   3241 	 *
   3242 	 * If the driver generates RSN IE, i.e., it does not use wpa_ie in
   3243 	 * associate(), remove_pmkid() can be used to synchronize PMKSA caches
   3244 	 * between the driver and wpa_supplicant. If the driver uses wpa_ie
   3245 	 * from wpa_supplicant, this driver_ops function does not need to be
   3246 	 * implemented. Likewise, if the driver does not support WPA, this
   3247 	 * function is not needed.
   3248 	 */
   3249 	int (*flush_pmkid)(void *priv);
   3250 
   3251 	/**
   3252 	 * get_capa - Get driver capabilities
   3253 	 * @priv: private driver interface data
   3254 	 *
   3255 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   3256 	 *
   3257 	 * Get driver/firmware/hardware capabilities.
   3258 	 */
   3259 	int (*get_capa)(void *priv, struct wpa_driver_capa *capa);
   3260 
   3261 	/**
   3262 	 * poll - Poll driver for association information
   3263 	 * @priv: private driver interface data
   3264 	 *
   3265 	 * This is an optional callback that can be used when the driver does
   3266 	 * not provide event mechanism for association events. This is called
   3267 	 * when receiving WPA/RSN EAPOL-Key messages that require association
   3268 	 * information. The driver interface is supposed to generate associnfo
   3269 	 * event before returning from this callback function. In addition, the
   3270 	 * driver interface should generate an association event after having
   3271 	 * sent out associnfo.
   3272 	 */
   3273 	void (*poll)(void *priv);
   3274 
   3275 	/**
   3276 	 * get_ifindex - Get interface index
   3277 	 * @priv: private driver interface data
   3278 	 *
   3279 	 * Returns: Interface index
   3280 	 */
   3281 	unsigned int (*get_ifindex)(void *priv);
   3282 
   3283 	/**
   3284 	 * get_ifname - Get interface name
   3285 	 * @priv: private driver interface data
   3286 	 *
   3287 	 * Returns: Pointer to the interface name. This can differ from the
   3288 	 * interface name used in init() call. Init() is called first.
   3289 	 *
   3290 	 * This optional function can be used to allow the driver interface to
   3291 	 * replace the interface name with something else, e.g., based on an
   3292 	 * interface mapping from a more descriptive name.
   3293 	 */
   3294 	const char * (*get_ifname)(void *priv);
   3295 
   3296 	/**
   3297 	 * get_mac_addr - Get own MAC address
   3298 	 * @priv: private driver interface data
   3299 	 *
   3300 	 * Returns: Pointer to own MAC address or %NULL on failure
   3301 	 *
   3302 	 * This optional function can be used to get the own MAC address of the
   3303 	 * device from the driver interface code. This is only needed if the
   3304 	 * l2_packet implementation for the OS does not provide easy access to
   3305 	 * a MAC address. */
   3306 	const u8 * (*get_mac_addr)(void *priv);
   3307 
   3308 	/**
   3309 	 * set_operstate - Sets device operating state to DORMANT or UP
   3310 	 * @priv: private driver interface data
   3311 	 * @state: 0 = dormant, 1 = up
   3312 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   3313 	 *
   3314 	 * This is an optional function that can be used on operating systems
   3315 	 * that support a concept of controlling network device state from user
   3316 	 * space applications. This function, if set, gets called with
   3317 	 * state = 1 when authentication has been completed and with state = 0
   3318 	 * when connection is lost.
   3319 	 */
   3320 	int (*set_operstate)(void *priv, int state);
   3321 
   3322 	/**
   3323 	 * mlme_setprotection - MLME-SETPROTECTION.request primitive
   3324 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   3325 	 * @addr: Address of the station for which to set protection (may be
   3326 	 * %NULL for group keys)
   3327 	 * @protect_type: MLME_SETPROTECTION_PROTECT_TYPE_*
   3328 	 * @key_type: MLME_SETPROTECTION_KEY_TYPE_*
   3329 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   3330 	 *
   3331 	 * This is an optional function that can be used to set the driver to
   3332 	 * require protection for Tx and/or Rx frames. This uses the layer
   3333 	 * interface defined in IEEE 802.11i-2004 clause 10.3.22.1
   3334 	 * (MLME-SETPROTECTION.request). Many drivers do not use explicit
   3335 	 * set protection operation; instead, they set protection implicitly
   3336 	 * based on configured keys.
   3337 	 */
   3338 	int (*mlme_setprotection)(void *priv, const u8 *addr, int protect_type,
   3339 				  int key_type);
   3340 
   3341 	/**
   3342 	 * get_hw_feature_data - Get hardware support data (channels and rates)
   3343 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   3344 	 * @num_modes: Variable for returning the number of returned modes
   3345 	 * flags: Variable for returning hardware feature flags
   3346 	 * @dfs: Variable for returning DFS region (HOSTAPD_DFS_REGION_*)
   3347 	 * Returns: Pointer to allocated hardware data on success or %NULL on
   3348 	 * failure. Caller is responsible for freeing this.
   3349 	 */
   3350 	struct hostapd_hw_modes * (*get_hw_feature_data)(void *priv,
   3351 							 u16 *num_modes,
   3352 							 u16 *flags, u8 *dfs);
   3353 
   3354 	/**
   3355 	 * send_mlme - Send management frame from MLME
   3356 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   3357 	 * @data: IEEE 802.11 management frame with IEEE 802.11 header
   3358 	 * @data_len: Size of the management frame
   3359 	 * @noack: Do not wait for this frame to be acked (disable retries)
   3360 	 * @freq: Frequency (in MHz) to send the frame on, or 0 to let the
   3361 	 * driver decide
   3362 	 * @csa_offs: Array of CSA offsets or %NULL
   3363 	 * @csa_offs_len: Number of elements in csa_offs
   3364 	 * @no_encrypt: Do not encrypt frame even if appropriate key exists
   3365 	 *	(used only for testing purposes)
   3366 	 * @wait: Time to wait off-channel for a response (in ms), or zero
   3367 	 * @link_id: Link ID to use for TX, or -1 if not set
   3368 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   3369 	 */
   3370 	int (*send_mlme)(void *priv, const u8 *data, size_t data_len,
   3371 			 int noack, unsigned int freq, const u16 *csa_offs,
   3372 			 size_t csa_offs_len, int no_encrypt,
   3373 			 unsigned int wait, int link_id);
   3374 
   3375 	/**
   3376 	 * update_ft_ies - Update FT (IEEE 802.11r) IEs
   3377 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   3378 	 * @md: Mobility domain (2 octets) (also included inside ies)
   3379 	 * @ies: FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, ...) or %NULL to remove IEs
   3380 	 * @ies_len: Length of FT IEs in bytes
   3381 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   3382 	 *
   3383 	 * The supplicant uses this callback to let the driver know that keying
   3384 	 * material for FT is available and that the driver can use the
   3385 	 * provided IEs in the next message in FT authentication sequence.
   3386 	 *
   3387 	 * This function is only needed for driver that support IEEE 802.11r
   3388 	 * (Fast BSS Transition).
   3389 	 */
   3390 	int (*update_ft_ies)(void *priv, const u8 *md, const u8 *ies,
   3391 			     size_t ies_len);
   3392 
   3393 	/**
   3394 	 * get_scan_results - Fetch the latest scan results
   3395 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   3396 	 * @bssid: Return results only for the specified BSSID, %NULL for all
   3397 	 *
   3398 	 * Returns: Allocated buffer of scan results (caller is responsible for
   3399 	 * freeing the data structure) on success, NULL on failure
   3400 	 */
   3401 	struct wpa_scan_results * (*get_scan_results)(void *priv,
   3402 						      const u8 *bssid);
   3403 
   3404 	/**
   3405 	 * get_scan_results2 - Fetch the latest scan results
   3406 	 * @priv: private driver interface data
   3407 	 *
   3408 	 * Returns: Allocated buffer of scan results (caller is responsible for
   3409 	 * freeing the data structure) on success, NULL on failure
   3410 	 */
   3411 	 struct wpa_scan_results * (*get_scan_results2)(void *priv);
   3412 
   3413 	/**
   3414 	 * set_country - Set country
   3415 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   3416 	 * @alpha2: country to which to switch to
   3417 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   3418 	 *
   3419 	 * This function is for drivers which support some form
   3420 	 * of setting a regulatory domain.
   3421 	 */
   3422 	int (*set_country)(void *priv, const char *alpha2);
   3423 
   3424 	/**
   3425 	 * get_country - Get country
   3426 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   3427 	 * @alpha2: Buffer for returning country code (at least 3 octets)
   3428 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   3429 	 */
   3430 	int (*get_country)(void *priv, char *alpha2);
   3431 
   3432 	/**
   3433 	 * global_init - Global driver initialization
   3434 	 * @ctx: wpa_global pointer
   3435 	 * Returns: Pointer to private data (global), %NULL on failure
   3436 	 *
   3437 	 * This optional function is called to initialize the driver wrapper
   3438 	 * for global data, i.e., data that applies to all interfaces. If this
   3439 	 * function is implemented, global_deinit() will also need to be
   3440 	 * implemented to free the private data. The driver will also likely
   3441 	 * use init2() function instead of init() to get the pointer to global
   3442 	 * data available to per-interface initializer.
   3443 	 */
   3444 	void * (*global_init)(void *ctx);
   3445 
   3446 	/**
   3447 	 * global_deinit - Global driver deinitialization
   3448 	 * @priv: private driver global data from global_init()
   3449 	 *
   3450 	 * Terminate any global driver related functionality and free the
   3451 	 * global data structure.
   3452 	 */
   3453 	void (*global_deinit)(void *priv);
   3454 
   3455 	/**
   3456 	 * init2 - Initialize driver interface (with global data)
   3457 	 * @ctx: context to be used when calling wpa_supplicant functions,
   3458 	 * e.g., wpa_supplicant_event()
   3459 	 * @ifname: interface name, e.g., wlan0
   3460 	 * @global_priv: private driver global data from global_init()
   3461 	 * Returns: Pointer to private data, %NULL on failure
   3462 	 *
   3463 	 * This function can be used instead of init() if the driver wrapper
   3464 	 * uses global data.
   3465 	 */
   3466 	void * (*init2)(void *ctx, const char *ifname, void *global_priv);
   3467 
   3468 	/**
   3469 	 * get_interfaces - Get information about available interfaces
   3470 	 * @global_priv: private driver global data from global_init()
   3471 	 * Returns: Allocated buffer of interface information (caller is
   3472 	 * responsible for freeing the data structure) on success, NULL on
   3473 	 * failure
   3474 	 */
   3475 	struct wpa_interface_info * (*get_interfaces)(void *global_priv);
   3476 
   3477 	/**
   3478 	 * scan2 - Request the driver to initiate scan
   3479 	 * @priv: private driver interface data
   3480 	 * @params: Scan parameters
   3481 	 *
   3482 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   3483 	 *
   3484 	 * Once the scan results are ready, the driver should report scan
   3485 	 * results event for wpa_supplicant which will eventually request the
   3486 	 * results with wpa_driver_get_scan_results2().
   3487 	 */
   3488 	int (*scan2)(void *priv, struct wpa_driver_scan_params *params);
   3489 
   3490 	/**
   3491 	 * authenticate - Request driver to authenticate
   3492 	 * @priv: private driver interface data
   3493 	 * @params: authentication parameters
   3494 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   3495 	 *
   3496 	 * This is an optional function that can be used with drivers that
   3497 	 * support separate authentication and association steps, i.e., when
   3498 	 * wpa_supplicant can act as the SME. If not implemented, associate()
   3499 	 * function is expected to take care of IEEE 802.11 authentication,
   3500 	 * too.
   3501 	 */
   3502 	int (*authenticate)(void *priv,
   3503 			    struct wpa_driver_auth_params *params);
   3504 
   3505 	/**
   3506 	 * set_ap - Set Beacon and Probe Response information for AP mode
   3507 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   3508 	 * @params: Parameters to use in AP mode
   3509 	 *
   3510 	 * This function is used to configure Beacon template and/or extra IEs
   3511 	 * to add for Beacon and Probe Response frames for the driver in
   3512 	 * AP mode. The driver is responsible for building the full Beacon
   3513 	 * frame by concatenating the head part with TIM IE generated by the
   3514 	 * driver/firmware and finishing with the tail part. Depending on the
   3515 	 * driver architectue, this can be done either by using the full
   3516 	 * template or the set of additional IEs (e.g., WPS and P2P IE).
   3517 	 * Similarly, Probe Response processing depends on the driver design.
   3518 	 * If the driver (or firmware) takes care of replying to Probe Request
   3519 	 * frames, the extra IEs provided here needs to be added to the Probe
   3520 	 * Response frames.
   3521 	 *
   3522 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   3523 	 */
   3524 	int (*set_ap)(void *priv, struct wpa_driver_ap_params *params);
   3525 
   3526 	/**
   3527 	 * set_acl - Set ACL in AP mode
   3528 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   3529 	 * @params: Parameters to configure ACL
   3530 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   3531 	 *
   3532 	 * This is used only for the drivers which support MAC address ACL.
   3533 	 */
   3534 	int (*set_acl)(void *priv, struct hostapd_acl_params *params);
   3535 
   3536 	/**
   3537 	 * hapd_init - Initialize driver interface (hostapd only)
   3538 	 * @hapd: Pointer to hostapd context
   3539 	 * @params: Configuration for the driver wrapper
   3540 	 * Returns: Pointer to private data, %NULL on failure
   3541 	 *
   3542 	 * This function is used instead of init() or init2() when the driver
   3543 	 * wrapper is used with hostapd.
   3544 	 */
   3545 	void * (*hapd_init)(struct hostapd_data *hapd,
   3546 			    struct wpa_init_params *params);
   3547 
   3548 	/**
   3549 	 * hapd_deinit - Deinitialize driver interface (hostapd only)
   3550 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data from hapd_init()
   3551 	 */
   3552 	void (*hapd_deinit)(void *priv);
   3553 
   3554 	/**
   3555 	 * set_ieee8021x - Enable/disable IEEE 802.1X support (AP only)
   3556 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   3557 	 * @params: BSS parameters
   3558 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   3559 	 *
   3560 	 * This is an optional function to configure the kernel driver to
   3561 	 * enable/disable IEEE 802.1X support and set WPA/WPA2 parameters. This
   3562 	 * can be left undefined (set to %NULL) if IEEE 802.1X support is
   3563 	 * always enabled and the driver uses set_ap() to set WPA/RSN IE
   3564 	 * for Beacon frames.
   3565 	 *
   3566 	 * DEPRECATED - use set_ap() instead
   3567 	 */
   3568 	int (*set_ieee8021x)(void *priv, struct wpa_bss_params *params);
   3569 
   3570 	/**
   3571 	 * set_privacy - Enable/disable privacy (AP only)
   3572 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   3573 	 * @enabled: 1 = privacy enabled, 0 = disabled
   3574 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   3575 	 *
   3576 	 * This is an optional function to configure privacy field in the
   3577 	 * kernel driver for Beacon frames. This can be left undefined (set to
   3578 	 * %NULL) if the driver uses the Beacon template from set_ap().
   3579 	 *
   3580 	 * DEPRECATED - use set_ap() instead
   3581 	 */
   3582 	int (*set_privacy)(void *priv, int enabled);
   3583 
   3584 	/**
   3585 	 * get_seqnum - Fetch the current TSC/packet number (AP only)
   3586 	 * @ifname: The interface name (main or virtual)
   3587 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   3588 	 * @addr: MAC address of the station or %NULL for group keys
   3589 	 * @idx: Key index
   3590 	 * @link_id: Link ID for a group key, or -1 if not set
   3591 	 * @seq: Buffer for returning the latest used TSC/packet number
   3592 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   3593 	 *
   3594 	 * This function is used to fetch the last used TSC/packet number for
   3595 	 * a TKIP, CCMP, GCMP, or BIP/IGTK key. It is mainly used with group
   3596 	 * keys, so there is no strict requirement on implementing support for
   3597 	 * unicast keys (i.e., addr != %NULL).
   3598 	 */
   3599 	int (*get_seqnum)(const char *ifname, void *priv, const u8 *addr,
   3600 			  int idx, int link_id, u8 *seq);
   3601 
   3602 	/**
   3603 	 * flush - Flush all association stations (AP only)
   3604 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   3605 	 * @link_id: In case of MLO, valid link ID on which all associated
   3606 	 *	stations will be flushed, -1 otherwise.
   3607 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   3608 	 *
   3609 	 * This function requests the driver to disassociate all associated
   3610 	 * stations. This function does not need to be implemented if the
   3611 	 * driver does not process association frames internally.
   3612 	 */
   3613 	int (*flush)(void *priv, int link_id);
   3614 
   3615 	/**
   3616 	 * set_generic_elem - Add IEs into Beacon/Probe Response frames (AP)
   3617 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   3618 	 * @elem: Information elements
   3619 	 * @elem_len: Length of the elem buffer in octets
   3620 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   3621 	 *
   3622 	 * This is an optional function to add information elements in the
   3623 	 * kernel driver for Beacon and Probe Response frames. This can be left
   3624 	 * undefined (set to %NULL) if the driver uses the Beacon template from
   3625 	 * set_ap().
   3626 	 *
   3627 	 * DEPRECATED - use set_ap() instead
   3628 	 */
   3629 	int (*set_generic_elem)(void *priv, const u8 *elem, size_t elem_len);
   3630 
   3631 	/**
   3632 	 * read_sta_data - Fetch station data
   3633 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   3634 	 * @data: Buffer for returning station information
   3635 	 * @addr: MAC address of the station
   3636 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   3637 	 */
   3638 	int (*read_sta_data)(void *priv, struct hostap_sta_driver_data *data,
   3639 			     const u8 *addr);
   3640 
   3641 	/**
   3642 	 * tx_control_port - Send a frame over the 802.1X controlled port
   3643 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   3644 	 * @dest: Destination MAC address
   3645 	 * @proto: Ethertype in host byte order
   3646 	 * @buf: Frame payload starting from IEEE 802.1X header
   3647 	 * @len: Frame payload length
   3648 	 * @no_encrypt: Do not encrypt frame
   3649 	 * @link_id: Link ID to use for TX, or -1 if not set
   3650 	 *
   3651 	 * Returns 0 on success, else an error
   3652 	 *
   3653 	 * This is like a normal Ethernet send except that the driver is aware
   3654 	 * (by other means than the Ethertype) that this frame is special,
   3655 	 * and more importantly it gains an ordering between the transmission of
   3656 	 * the frame and other driver management operations such as key
   3657 	 * installations. This can be used to work around known limitations in
   3658 	 * IEEE 802.11 protocols such as race conditions between rekeying 4-way
   3659 	 * handshake message 4/4 and a PTK being overwritten.
   3660 	 *
   3661 	 * This function is only used for a given interface if the driver
   3662 	 * instance reports WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_CONTROL_PORT capability. Otherwise,
   3663 	 * API users will fall back to sending the frame via a normal socket.
   3664 	 */
   3665 	int (*tx_control_port)(void *priv, const u8 *dest,
   3666 			       u16 proto, const u8 *buf, size_t len,
   3667 			       int no_encrypt, int link_id);
   3668 
   3669 	/**
   3670 	 * hapd_send_eapol - Send an EAPOL packet (AP only)
   3671 	 * @priv: private driver interface data
   3672 	 * @addr: Destination MAC address
   3673 	 * @data: EAPOL packet starting with IEEE 802.1X header
   3674 	 * @data_len: Length of the EAPOL packet in octets
   3675 	 * @encrypt: Whether the frame should be encrypted
   3676 	 * @own_addr: Source MAC address
   3677 	 * @flags: WPA_STA_* flags for the destination station
   3678 	 * @link_id: Link ID to use for TX, or -1 if not set
   3679 	 *
   3680 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   3681 	 */
   3682 	int (*hapd_send_eapol)(void *priv, const u8 *addr, const u8 *data,
   3683 			       size_t data_len, int encrypt,
   3684 			       const u8 *own_addr, u32 flags, int link_id);
   3685 
   3686 	/**
   3687 	 * sta_deauth - Deauthenticate a station (AP only)
   3688 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   3689 	 * @own_addr: Source address and BSSID for the Deauthentication frame
   3690 	 * @addr: MAC address of the station to deauthenticate
   3691 	 * @reason: Reason code for the Deauthentication frame
   3692 	 * @link_id: Link ID to use for Deauthentication frame, or -1 if not set
   3693 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   3694 	 *
   3695 	 * This function requests a specific station to be deauthenticated and
   3696 	 * a Deauthentication frame to be sent to it.
   3697 	 */
   3698 	int (*sta_deauth)(void *priv, const u8 *own_addr, const u8 *addr,
   3699 			  u16 reason, int link_id);
   3700 
   3701 	/**
   3702 	 * sta_disassoc - Disassociate a station (AP only)
   3703 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   3704 	 * @own_addr: Source address and BSSID for the Disassociation frame
   3705 	 * @addr: MAC address of the station to disassociate
   3706 	 * @reason: Reason code for the Disassociation frame
   3707 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   3708 	 *
   3709 	 * This function requests a specific station to be disassociated and
   3710 	 * a Disassociation frame to be sent to it.
   3711 	 */
   3712 	int (*sta_disassoc)(void *priv, const u8 *own_addr, const u8 *addr,
   3713 			    u16 reason);
   3714 
   3715 	/**
   3716 	 * sta_remove - Remove a station entry (AP only)
   3717 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   3718 	 * @addr: MAC address of the station to be removed
   3719 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   3720 	 */
   3721 	int (*sta_remove)(void *priv, const u8 *addr);
   3722 
   3723 	/**
   3724 	 * hapd_get_ssid - Get the current SSID (AP only)
   3725 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   3726 	 * @buf: Buffer for returning the SSID
   3727 	 * @len: Maximum length of the buffer
   3728 	 * Returns: Length of the SSID on success, -1 on failure
   3729 	 *
   3730 	 * This function need not be implemented if the driver uses Beacon
   3731 	 * template from set_ap() and does not reply to Probe Request frames.
   3732 	 */
   3733 	int (*hapd_get_ssid)(void *priv, u8 *buf, int len);
   3734 
   3735 	/**
   3736 	 * hapd_set_ssid - Set SSID (AP only)
   3737 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   3738 	 * @buf: SSID
   3739 	 * @len: Length of the SSID in octets
   3740 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   3741 	 *
   3742 	 * DEPRECATED - use set_ap() instead
   3743 	 */
   3744 	int (*hapd_set_ssid)(void *priv, const u8 *buf, int len);
   3745 
   3746 	/**
   3747 	 * hapd_set_countermeasures - Enable/disable TKIP countermeasures (AP)
   3748 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   3749 	 * @enabled: 1 = countermeasures enabled, 0 = disabled
   3750 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   3751 	 *
   3752 	 * This need not be implemented if the driver does not take care of
   3753 	 * association processing.
   3754 	 */
   3755 	int (*hapd_set_countermeasures)(void *priv, int enabled);
   3756 
   3757 	/**
   3758 	 * sta_add - Add a station entry
   3759 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   3760 	 * @params: Station parameters
   3761 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   3762 	 *
   3763 	 * This function is used to add or set (params->set 1) a station
   3764 	 * entry in the driver. Adding STA entries is used only if the driver
   3765 	 * does not take care of association processing.
   3766 	 *
   3767 	 * With drivers that don't support full AP client state, this function
   3768 	 * is used to add a station entry to the driver once the station has
   3769 	 * completed association.
   3770 	 *
   3771 	 * With TDLS, this function is used to add or set (params->set 1)
   3772 	 * TDLS peer entries (even with drivers that do not support full AP
   3773 	 * client state).
   3774 	 */
   3775 	int (*sta_add)(void *priv, struct hostapd_sta_add_params *params);
   3776 
   3777 	/**
   3778 	 * get_inact_sec - Get station inactivity duration (AP only)
   3779 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   3780 	 * @addr: Station address
   3781 	 * Returns: Number of seconds station has been inactive, -1 on failure
   3782 	 */
   3783 	int (*get_inact_sec)(void *priv, const u8 *addr);
   3784 
   3785 	/**
   3786 	 * sta_clear_stats - Clear station statistics (AP only)
   3787 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   3788 	 * @addr: Station address
   3789 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   3790 	 */
   3791 	int (*sta_clear_stats)(void *priv, const u8 *addr);
   3792 
   3793 	/**
   3794 	 * set_freq - Set channel/frequency (AP only)
   3795 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   3796 	 * @freq: Channel parameters
   3797 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   3798 	 */
   3799 	int (*set_freq)(void *priv, struct hostapd_freq_params *freq);
   3800 
   3801 	/**
   3802 	 * set_rts - Set RTS threshold
   3803 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   3804 	 * @rts: RTS threshold in octets
   3805 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   3806 	 */
   3807 	int (*set_rts)(void *priv, int rts);
   3808 
   3809 	/**
   3810 	 * set_frag - Set fragmentation threshold
   3811 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   3812 	 * @frag: Fragmentation threshold in octets
   3813 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   3814 	 */
   3815 	int (*set_frag)(void *priv, int frag);
   3816 
   3817 	/**
   3818 	 * sta_set_flags - Set station flags (AP only)
   3819 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   3820 	 * @addr: Station address
   3821 	 * @total_flags: Bitmap of all WPA_STA_* flags currently set
   3822 	 * @flags_or: Bitmap of WPA_STA_* flags to add
   3823 	 * @flags_and: Bitmap of WPA_STA_* flags to us as a mask
   3824 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   3825 	 */
   3826 	int (*sta_set_flags)(void *priv, const u8 *addr,
   3827 			     unsigned int total_flags, unsigned int flags_or,
   3828 			     unsigned int flags_and);
   3829 
   3830 	/**
   3831 	 * sta_set_airtime_weight - Set station airtime weight (AP only)
   3832 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   3833 	 * @addr: Station address
   3834 	 * @weight: New weight for station airtime assignment
   3835 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   3836 	 */
   3837 	int (*sta_set_airtime_weight)(void *priv, const u8 *addr,
   3838 				      unsigned int weight);
   3839 
   3840 	/**
   3841 	 * set_tx_queue_params - Set TX queue parameters
   3842 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   3843 	 * @queue: Queue number (0 = VO, 1 = VI, 2 = BE, 3 = BK)
   3844 	 * @aifs: AIFS
   3845 	 * @cw_min: cwMin
   3846 	 * @cw_max: cwMax
   3847 	 * @burst_time: Maximum length for bursting in 0.1 msec units
   3848 	 * @link_id: Link ID to use, or -1 for non MLD.
   3849 	 */
   3850 	int (*set_tx_queue_params)(void *priv, int queue, int aifs, int cw_min,
   3851 				   int cw_max, int burst_time, int link_id);
   3852 
   3853 	/**
   3854 	 * if_add - Add a virtual interface
   3855 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   3856 	 * @type: Interface type
   3857 	 * @ifname: Interface name for the new virtual interface
   3858 	 * @addr: Local address to use for the interface or %NULL to use the
   3859 	 *	parent interface address
   3860 	 * @bss_ctx: BSS context for %WPA_IF_AP_BSS interfaces
   3861 	 * @drv_priv: Pointer for overwriting the driver context or %NULL if
   3862 	 *	not allowed (applies only to %WPA_IF_AP_BSS type)
   3863 	 * @force_ifname: Buffer for returning an interface name that the
   3864 	 *	driver ended up using if it differs from the requested ifname
   3865 	 * @if_addr: Buffer for returning the allocated interface address
   3866 	 *	(this may differ from the requested addr if the driver cannot
   3867 	 *	change interface address)
   3868 	 * @bridge: Bridge interface to use or %NULL if no bridge configured
   3869 	 * @use_existing: Whether to allow existing interface to be used
   3870 	 * @setup_ap: Whether to setup AP for %WPA_IF_AP_BSS interfaces
   3871 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   3872 	 */
   3873 	int (*if_add)(void *priv, enum wpa_driver_if_type type,
   3874 		      const char *ifname, const u8 *addr, void *bss_ctx,
   3875 		      void **drv_priv, char *force_ifname, u8 *if_addr,
   3876 		      const char *bridge, int use_existing, int setup_ap);
   3877 
   3878 	/**
   3879 	 * if_remove - Remove a virtual interface
   3880 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   3881 	 * @type: Interface type
   3882 	 * @ifname: Interface name of the virtual interface to be removed
   3883 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   3884 	 */
   3885 	int (*if_remove)(void *priv, enum wpa_driver_if_type type,
   3886 			 const char *ifname);
   3887 
   3888 	/**
   3889 	 * set_sta_vlan - Bind a station into a specific interface (AP only)
   3890 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   3891 	 * @ifname: Interface (main or virtual BSS or VLAN)
   3892 	 * @addr: MAC address of the associated station
   3893 	 * @vlan_id: VLAN ID
   3894 	 * @link_id: The link ID or -1 for non-MLO
   3895 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   3896 	 *
   3897 	 * This function is used to bind a station to a specific virtual
   3898 	 * interface. It is only used if when virtual interfaces are supported,
   3899 	 * e.g., to assign stations to different VLAN interfaces based on
   3900 	 * information from a RADIUS server. This allows separate broadcast
   3901 	 * domains to be used with a single BSS.
   3902 	 */
   3903 	int (*set_sta_vlan)(void *priv, const u8 *addr, const char *ifname,
   3904 			    int vlan_id, int link_id);
   3905 
   3906 	/**
   3907 	 * commit - Optional commit changes handler (AP only)
   3908 	 * @priv: driver private data
   3909 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   3910 	 *
   3911 	 * This optional handler function can be registered if the driver
   3912 	 * interface implementation needs to commit changes (e.g., by setting
   3913 	 * network interface up) at the end of initial configuration. If set,
   3914 	 * this handler will be called after initial setup has been completed.
   3915 	 */
   3916 	int (*commit)(void *priv);
   3917 
   3918 	/**
   3919 	 * set_radius_acl_auth - Notification of RADIUS ACL change
   3920 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   3921 	 * @mac: MAC address of the station
   3922 	 * @accepted: Whether the station was accepted
   3923 	 * @session_timeout: Session timeout for the station
   3924 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   3925 	 */
   3926 	int (*set_radius_acl_auth)(void *priv, const u8 *mac, int accepted,
   3927 				   u32 session_timeout);
   3928 
   3929 	/**
   3930 	 * set_radius_acl_expire - Notification of RADIUS ACL expiration
   3931 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   3932 	 * @mac: MAC address of the station
   3933 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   3934 	 */
   3935 	int (*set_radius_acl_expire)(void *priv, const u8 *mac);
   3936 
   3937 	/**
   3938 	 * set_ap_wps_ie - Add WPS IE(s) into Beacon/Probe Response frames (AP)
   3939 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   3940 	 * @beacon: WPS IE(s) for Beacon frames or %NULL to remove extra IE(s)
   3941 	 * @proberesp: WPS IE(s) for Probe Response frames or %NULL to remove
   3942 	 *	extra IE(s)
   3943 	 * @assocresp: WPS IE(s) for (Re)Association Response frames or %NULL
   3944 	 *	to remove extra IE(s)
   3945 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   3946 	 *
   3947 	 * This is an optional function to add WPS IE in the kernel driver for
   3948 	 * Beacon and Probe Response frames. This can be left undefined (set
   3949 	 * to %NULL) if the driver uses the Beacon template from set_ap()
   3950 	 * and does not process Probe Request frames. If the driver takes care
   3951 	 * of (Re)Association frame processing, the assocresp buffer includes
   3952 	 * WPS IE(s) that need to be added to (Re)Association Response frames
   3953 	 * whenever a (Re)Association Request frame indicated use of WPS.
   3954 	 *
   3955 	 * This will also be used to add P2P IE(s) into Beacon/Probe Response
   3956 	 * frames when operating as a GO. The driver is responsible for adding
   3957 	 * timing related attributes (e.g., NoA) in addition to the IEs
   3958 	 * included here by appending them after these buffers. This call is
   3959 	 * also used to provide Probe Response IEs for P2P Listen state
   3960 	 * operations for drivers that generate the Probe Response frames
   3961 	 * internally.
   3962 	 *
   3963 	 * DEPRECATED - use set_ap() instead
   3964 	 */
   3965 	int (*set_ap_wps_ie)(void *priv, const struct wpabuf *beacon,
   3966 			     const struct wpabuf *proberesp,
   3967 			     const struct wpabuf *assocresp);
   3968 
   3969 	/**
   3970 	 * set_supp_port - Set IEEE 802.1X Supplicant Port status
   3971 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   3972 	 * @authorized: Whether the port is authorized
   3973 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   3974 	 */
   3975 	int (*set_supp_port)(void *priv, int authorized);
   3976 
   3977 	/**
   3978 	 * set_wds_sta - Bind a station into a 4-address WDS (AP only)
   3979 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   3980 	 * @addr: MAC address of the associated station
   3981 	 * @aid: Association ID
   3982 	 * @val: 1 = bind to 4-address WDS; 0 = unbind
   3983 	 * @bridge_ifname: Bridge interface to use for the WDS station or %NULL
   3984 	 *	to indicate that bridge is not to be used
   3985 	 * @ifname_wds: Buffer to return the interface name for the new WDS
   3986 	 *	station or %NULL to indicate name is not returned.
   3987 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   3988 	 */
   3989 	int (*set_wds_sta)(void *priv, const u8 *addr, int aid, int val,
   3990 			   const char *bridge_ifname, char *ifname_wds);
   3991 
   3992 	/**
   3993 	 * send_action - Transmit an Action frame
   3994 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   3995 	 * @freq: Frequency (in MHz) of the channel
   3996 	 * @wait: Time to wait off-channel for a response (in ms), or zero
   3997 	 * @dst: Destination MAC address (Address 1)
   3998 	 * @src: Source MAC address (Address 2)
   3999 	 * @bssid: BSSID (Address 3)
   4000 	 * @data: Frame body
   4001 	 * @data_len: data length in octets
   4002 	 @ @no_cck: Whether CCK rates must not be used to transmit this frame
   4003 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   4004 	 *
   4005 	 * This command can be used to request the driver to transmit an action
   4006 	 * frame to the specified destination.
   4007 	 *
   4008 	 * If the %WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_OFFCHANNEL_TX flag is set, the frame will
   4009 	 * be transmitted on the given channel and the device will wait for a
   4010 	 * response on that channel for the given wait time.
   4011 	 *
   4012 	 * If the flag is not set, the wait time will be ignored. In this case,
   4013 	 * if a remain-on-channel duration is in progress, the frame must be
   4014 	 * transmitted on that channel; alternatively the frame may be sent on
   4015 	 * the current operational channel (if in associated state in station
   4016 	 * mode or while operating as an AP.)
   4017 	 *
   4018 	 * If @src differs from the device MAC address, use of a random
   4019 	 * transmitter address is requested for this message exchange.
   4020 	 */
   4021 	int (*send_action)(void *priv, unsigned int freq, unsigned int wait,
   4022 			   const u8 *dst, const u8 *src, const u8 *bssid,
   4023 			   const u8 *data, size_t data_len, int no_cck);
   4024 
   4025 	/**
   4026 	 * send_action_cancel_wait - Cancel action frame TX wait
   4027 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   4028 	 *
   4029 	 * This command cancels the wait time associated with sending an action
   4030 	 * frame. It is only available when %WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_OFFCHANNEL_TX is
   4031 	 * set in the driver flags.
   4032 	 */
   4033 	void (*send_action_cancel_wait)(void *priv);
   4034 
   4035 	/**
   4036 	 * remain_on_channel - Remain awake on a channel
   4037 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   4038 	 * @freq: Frequency (in MHz) of the channel
   4039 	 * @duration: Duration in milliseconds
   4040 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   4041 	 *
   4042 	 * This command is used to request the driver to remain awake on the
   4043 	 * specified channel for the specified duration and report received
   4044 	 * Action frames with EVENT_RX_MGMT events. Optionally, received
   4045 	 * Probe Request frames may also be requested to be reported by calling
   4046 	 * probe_req_report(). These will be reported with EVENT_RX_PROBE_REQ.
   4047 	 *
   4048 	 * The driver may not be at the requested channel when this function
   4049 	 * returns, i.e., the return code is only indicating whether the
   4050 	 * request was accepted. The caller will need to wait until the
   4051 	 * EVENT_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL event indicates that the driver has
   4052 	 * completed the channel change. This may take some time due to other
   4053 	 * need for the radio and the caller should be prepared to timing out
   4054 	 * its wait since there are no guarantees on when this request can be
   4055 	 * executed.
   4056 	 */
   4057 	int (*remain_on_channel)(void *priv, unsigned int freq,
   4058 				 unsigned int duration);
   4059 
   4060 	/**
   4061 	 * cancel_remain_on_channel - Cancel remain-on-channel operation
   4062 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   4063 	 *
   4064 	 * This command can be used to cancel a remain-on-channel operation
   4065 	 * before its originally requested duration has passed. This could be
   4066 	 * used, e.g., when remain_on_channel() is used to request extra time
   4067 	 * to receive a response to an Action frame and the response is
   4068 	 * received when there is still unneeded time remaining on the
   4069 	 * remain-on-channel operation.
   4070 	 */
   4071 	int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(void *priv);
   4072 
   4073 	/**
   4074 	 * probe_req_report - Request Probe Request frames to be indicated
   4075 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   4076 	 * @report: Whether to report received Probe Request frames
   4077 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure (or if not supported)
   4078 	 *
   4079 	 * This command can be used to request the driver to indicate when
   4080 	 * Probe Request frames are received with EVENT_RX_PROBE_REQ events.
   4081 	 * Since this operation may require extra resources, e.g., due to less
   4082 	 * optimal hardware/firmware RX filtering, many drivers may disable
   4083 	 * Probe Request reporting at least in station mode. This command is
   4084 	 * used to notify the driver when the Probe Request frames need to be
   4085 	 * reported, e.g., during remain-on-channel operations.
   4086 	 */
   4087 	int (*probe_req_report)(void *priv, int report);
   4088 
   4089 	/**
   4090 	 * deinit_ap - Deinitialize AP mode
   4091 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   4092 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure (or if not supported)
   4093 	 *
   4094 	 * This optional function can be used to disable AP mode related
   4095 	 * configuration. If the interface was not dynamically added,
   4096 	 * change the driver mode to station mode to allow normal station
   4097 	 * operations like scanning to be completed.
   4098 	 */
   4099 	int (*deinit_ap)(void *priv);
   4100 
   4101 	/**
   4102 	 * deinit_p2p_cli - Deinitialize P2P client mode
   4103 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   4104 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure (or if not supported)
   4105 	 *
   4106 	 * This optional function can be used to disable P2P client mode. If the
   4107 	 * interface was not dynamically added, change the interface type back
   4108 	 * to station mode.
   4109 	 */
   4110 	int (*deinit_p2p_cli)(void *priv);
   4111 
   4112 	/**
   4113 	 * suspend - Notification on system suspend/hibernate event
   4114 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   4115 	 */
   4116 	void (*suspend)(void *priv);
   4117 
   4118 	/**
   4119 	 * resume - Notification on system resume/thaw event
   4120 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   4121 	 */
   4122 	void (*resume)(void *priv);
   4123 
   4124 	/**
   4125 	 * signal_monitor - Set signal monitoring parameters
   4126 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   4127 	 * @threshold: Threshold value for signal change events; 0 = disabled
   4128 	 * @hysteresis: Minimum change in signal strength before indicating a
   4129 	 *	new event
   4130 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure (or if not supported)
   4131 	 *
   4132 	 * This function can be used to configure monitoring of signal strength
   4133 	 * with the current AP. Whenever signal strength drops below the
   4134 	 * %threshold value or increases above it, EVENT_SIGNAL_CHANGE event
   4135 	 * should be generated assuming the signal strength has changed at
   4136 	 * least %hysteresis from the previously indicated signal change event.
   4137 	 */
   4138 	int (*signal_monitor)(void *priv, int threshold, int hysteresis);
   4139 
   4140 	/**
   4141 	 * get_noa - Get current Notice of Absence attribute payload
   4142 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   4143 	 * @buf: Buffer for returning NoA
   4144 	 * @buf_len: Buffer length in octets
   4145 	 * Returns: Number of octets used in buf, 0 to indicate no NoA is being
   4146 	 * advertized, or -1 on failure
   4147 	 *
   4148 	 * This function is used to fetch the current Notice of Absence
   4149 	 * attribute value from GO.
   4150 	 */
   4151 	int (*get_noa)(void *priv, u8 *buf, size_t buf_len);
   4152 
   4153 	/**
   4154 	 * set_noa - Set Notice of Absence parameters for GO (testing)
   4155 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   4156 	 * @count: Count
   4157 	 * @start: Start time in ms from next TBTT
   4158 	 * @duration: Duration in ms
   4159 	 * Returns: 0 on success or -1 on failure
   4160 	 *
   4161 	 * This function is used to set Notice of Absence parameters for GO. It
   4162 	 * is used only for testing. To disable NoA, all parameters are set to
   4163 	 * 0.
   4164 	 */
   4165 	int (*set_noa)(void *priv, u8 count, int start, int duration);
   4166 
   4167 	/**
   4168 	 * set_p2p_powersave - Set P2P power save options
   4169 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   4170 	 * @legacy_ps: 0 = disable, 1 = enable, 2 = maximum PS, -1 = no change
   4171 	 * @opp_ps: 0 = disable, 1 = enable, -1 = no change
   4172 	 * @ctwindow: 0.. = change (msec), -1 = no change
   4173 	 * Returns: 0 on success or -1 on failure
   4174 	 */
   4175 	int (*set_p2p_powersave)(void *priv, int legacy_ps, int opp_ps,
   4176 				 int ctwindow);
   4177 
   4178 	/**
   4179 	 * ampdu - Enable/disable aggregation
   4180 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   4181 	 * @ampdu: 1/0 = enable/disable A-MPDU aggregation
   4182 	 * Returns: 0 on success or -1 on failure
   4183 	 */
   4184 	int (*ampdu)(void *priv, int ampdu);
   4185 
   4186 	/**
   4187 	 * get_radio_name - Get physical radio name for the device
   4188 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   4189 	 * Returns: Radio name or %NULL if not known
   4190 	 *
   4191 	 * The returned data must not be modified by the caller. It is assumed
   4192 	 * that any interface that has the same radio name as another is
   4193 	 * sharing the same physical radio. This information can be used to
   4194 	 * share scan results etc. information between the virtual interfaces
   4195 	 * to speed up various operations.
   4196 	 */
   4197 	const char * (*get_radio_name)(void *priv);
   4198 
   4199 	/**
   4200 	 * send_tdls_mgmt - for sending TDLS management packets
   4201 	 * @priv: private driver interface data
   4202 	 * @dst: Destination (peer) MAC address
   4203 	 * @action_code: TDLS action code for the mssage
   4204 	 * @dialog_token: Dialog Token to use in the message (if needed)
   4205 	 * @status_code: Status Code or Reason Code to use (if needed)
   4206 	 * @peer_capab: TDLS peer capability (TDLS_PEER_* bitfield)
   4207 	 * @initiator: Is the current end the TDLS link initiator
   4208 	 * @buf: TDLS IEs to add to the message
   4209 	 * @len: Length of buf in octets
   4210 	 * @link_id: If >= 0 indicates the link of the AP MLD to specify the
   4211 	 * operating channel on which to send a TDLS Discovery Response frame.
   4212 	 * Returns: 0 on success, negative (<0) on failure
   4213 	 *
   4214 	 * This optional function can be used to send packet to driver which is
   4215 	 * responsible for receiving and sending all TDLS packets.
   4216 	 */
   4217 	int (*send_tdls_mgmt)(void *priv, const u8 *dst, u8 action_code,
   4218 			      u8 dialog_token, u16 status_code, u32 peer_capab,
   4219 			      int initiator, const u8 *buf, size_t len,
   4220 			      int link_id);
   4221 
   4222 	/**
   4223 	 * tdls_oper - Ask the driver to perform high-level TDLS operations
   4224 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   4225 	 * @oper: TDLS high-level operation. See %enum tdls_oper
   4226 	 * @peer: Destination (peer) MAC address
   4227 	 * Returns: 0 on success, negative (<0) on failure
   4228 	 *
   4229 	 * This optional function can be used to send high-level TDLS commands
   4230 	 * to the driver.
   4231 	 */
   4232 	int (*tdls_oper)(void *priv, enum tdls_oper oper, const u8 *peer);
   4233 
   4234 	/**
   4235 	 * wnm_oper - Notify driver of the WNM frame reception
   4236 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   4237 	 * @oper: WNM operation. See %enum wnm_oper
   4238 	 * @peer: Destination (peer) MAC address
   4239 	 * @buf: Buffer for the driver to fill in (for getting IE)
   4240 	 * @buf_len: Return the len of buf
   4241 	 * Returns: 0 on success, negative (<0) on failure
   4242 	 */
   4243 	int (*wnm_oper)(void *priv, enum wnm_oper oper, const u8 *peer,
   4244 			u8 *buf, u16 *buf_len);
   4245 
   4246 	/**
   4247 	 * set_qos_map - Set QoS Map
   4248 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   4249 	 * @qos_map_set: QoS Map
   4250 	 * @qos_map_set_len: Length of QoS Map
   4251 	 */
   4252 	int (*set_qos_map)(void *priv, const u8 *qos_map_set,
   4253 			   u8 qos_map_set_len);
   4254 
   4255 	/**
   4256 	 * br_add_ip_neigh - Add a neigh to the bridge ip neigh table
   4257 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   4258 	 * @version: IP version of the IP address, 4 or 6
   4259 	 * @ipaddr: IP address for the neigh entry
   4260 	 * @prefixlen: IP address prefix length
   4261 	 * @addr: Corresponding MAC address
   4262 	 * Returns: 0 on success, negative (<0) on failure
   4263 	 */
   4264 	int (*br_add_ip_neigh)(void *priv, u8 version, const u8 *ipaddr,
   4265 			       int prefixlen, const u8 *addr);
   4266 
   4267 	/**
   4268 	 * br_delete_ip_neigh - Remove a neigh from the bridge ip neigh table
   4269 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   4270 	 * @version: IP version of the IP address, 4 or 6
   4271 	 * @ipaddr: IP address for the neigh entry
   4272 	 * Returns: 0 on success, negative (<0) on failure
   4273 	 */
   4274 	int (*br_delete_ip_neigh)(void *priv, u8 version, const u8 *ipaddr);
   4275 
   4276 	/**
   4277 	 * br_port_set_attr - Set a bridge port attribute
   4278 	 * @attr: Bridge port attribute to set
   4279 	 * @val: Value to be set
   4280 	 * Returns: 0 on success, negative (<0) on failure
   4281 	 */
   4282 	int (*br_port_set_attr)(void *priv, enum drv_br_port_attr attr,
   4283 				unsigned int val);
   4284 
   4285 	/**
   4286 	 * br_port_set_attr - Set a bridge network parameter
   4287 	 * @param: Bridge parameter to set
   4288 	 * @val: Value to be set
   4289 	 * Returns: 0 on success, negative (<0) on failure
   4290 	 */
   4291 	int (*br_set_net_param)(void *priv, enum drv_br_net_param param,
   4292 				unsigned int val);
   4293 
   4294 	/**
   4295 	 * get_wowlan - Get wake-on-wireless status
   4296 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   4297 	 */
   4298 	int (*get_wowlan)(void *priv);
   4299 
   4300 	/**
   4301 	 * set_wowlan - Set wake-on-wireless triggers
   4302 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   4303 	 * @triggers: wowlan triggers
   4304 	 */
   4305 	int (*set_wowlan)(void *priv, const struct wowlan_triggers *triggers);
   4306 
   4307 	/**
   4308 	 * signal_poll - Get current connection information
   4309 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   4310 	 * @signal_info: Connection info structure
   4311 	 */
   4312 	int (*signal_poll)(void *priv, struct wpa_signal_info *signal_info);
   4313 
   4314 	/**
   4315 	 * mlo_signal_poll - Get current MLO connection information
   4316 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   4317 	 * @mlo_signal_info: MLO connection info structure
   4318 	 */
   4319 	int (*mlo_signal_poll)(void *priv,
   4320 			       struct wpa_mlo_signal_info *mlo_signal_info);
   4321 
   4322 	/**
   4323 	 * channel_info - Get parameters of the current operating channel
   4324 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   4325 	 * @channel_info: Channel info structure
   4326 	 * Returns: 0 on success, negative (<0) on failure
   4327 	 */
   4328 	int (*channel_info)(void *priv, struct wpa_channel_info *channel_info);
   4329 
   4330 	/**
   4331 	 * set_authmode - Set authentication algorithm(s) for static WEP
   4332 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   4333 	 * @authmode: 1=Open System, 2=Shared Key, 3=both
   4334 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   4335 	 *
   4336 	 * This function can be used to set authentication algorithms for AP
   4337 	 * mode when static WEP is used. If the driver uses user space MLME/SME
   4338 	 * implementation, there is no need to implement this function.
   4339 	 *
   4340 	 * DEPRECATED - use set_ap() instead
   4341 	 */
   4342 	int (*set_authmode)(void *priv, int authmode);
   4343 
   4344 #ifdef ANDROID
   4345 	/**
   4346 	 * driver_cmd - Execute driver-specific command
   4347 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   4348 	 * @cmd: Command to execute
   4349 	 * @buf: Return buffer
   4350 	 * @buf_len: Buffer length
   4351 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   4352 	 */
   4353 	int (*driver_cmd)(void *priv, char *cmd, char *buf, size_t buf_len);
   4354 #endif /* ANDROID */
   4355 
   4356 	/**
   4357 	 * vendor_cmd - Execute vendor specific command
   4358 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   4359 	 * @vendor_id: Vendor id
   4360 	 * @subcmd: Vendor command id
   4361 	 * @nested_attr_flag: Specifies if vendor subcommand uses nested
   4362 	 *	attributes or not
   4363 	 * @data: Vendor command parameters (%NULL if no parameters)
   4364 	 * @data_len: Data length
   4365 	 * @buf: Return buffer (%NULL to ignore reply)
   4366 	 * Returns: 0 on success, negative (<0) on failure
   4367 	 *
   4368 	 * This function handles vendor specific commands that are passed to
   4369 	 * the driver/device. The command is identified by vendor id and
   4370 	 * command id. The nested_attr_flag specifies whether the subcommand
   4371 	 * uses nested attributes or not. Parameters can be passed
   4372 	 * as argument to the command in the data buffer. Reply (if any) will be
   4373 	 * filled in the supplied return buffer.
   4374 	 *
   4375 	 * The exact driver behavior is driver interface and vendor specific. As
   4376 	 * an example, this will be converted to a vendor specific cfg80211
   4377 	 * command in case of the nl80211 driver interface.
   4378 	 */
   4379 	int (*vendor_cmd)(void *priv, unsigned int vendor_id,
   4380 			  unsigned int subcmd, const u8 *data, size_t data_len,
   4381 			  enum nested_attr nested_attr_flag,
   4382 			  struct wpabuf *buf);
   4383 
   4384 	/**
   4385 	 * set_rekey_info - Set rekey information
   4386 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   4387 	 * @kek: Current KEK
   4388 	 * @kek_len: KEK length in octets
   4389 	 * @kck: Current KCK
   4390 	 * @kck_len: KCK length in octets
   4391 	 * @replay_ctr: Current EAPOL-Key Replay Counter
   4392 	 *
   4393 	 * This optional function can be used to provide information for the
   4394 	 * driver/firmware to process EAPOL-Key frames in Group Key Handshake
   4395 	 * while the host (including wpa_supplicant) is sleeping.
   4396 	 */
   4397 	void (*set_rekey_info)(void *priv, const u8 *kek, size_t kek_len,
   4398 			       const u8 *kck, size_t kck_len,
   4399 			       const u8 *replay_ctr);
   4400 
   4401 	/**
   4402 	 * sta_assoc - Station association indication
   4403 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   4404 	 * @own_addr: Source address and BSSID for association frame
   4405 	 * @addr: MAC address of the station to associate
   4406 	 * @reassoc: flag to indicate re-association
   4407 	 * @status: association response status code
   4408 	 * @ie: assoc response ie buffer
   4409 	 * @len: ie buffer length
   4410 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   4411 	 *
   4412 	 * This function indicates the driver to send (Re)Association
   4413 	 * Response frame to the station.
   4414 	 */
   4415 	 int (*sta_assoc)(void *priv, const u8 *own_addr, const u8 *addr,
   4416 			  int reassoc, u16 status, const u8 *ie, size_t len);
   4417 
   4418 	/**
   4419 	 * sta_auth - Station authentication indication
   4420 	 * @priv: private driver interface data
   4421 	 * @params: Station authentication parameters
   4422 	 *
   4423 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   4424 	 */
   4425 	 int (*sta_auth)(void *priv,
   4426 			 struct wpa_driver_sta_auth_params *params);
   4427 
   4428 	/**
   4429 	 * add_tspec - Add traffic stream
   4430 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   4431 	 * @addr: MAC address of the station to associate
   4432 	 * @tspec_ie: tspec ie buffer
   4433 	 * @tspec_ielen: tspec ie length
   4434 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   4435 	 *
   4436 	 * This function adds the traffic steam for the station
   4437 	 * and fills the medium_time in tspec_ie.
   4438 	 */
   4439 	 int (*add_tspec)(void *priv, const u8 *addr, u8 *tspec_ie,
   4440 			  size_t tspec_ielen);
   4441 
   4442 	/**
   4443 	 * add_sta_node - Add a station node in the driver
   4444 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   4445 	 * @addr: MAC address of the station to add
   4446 	 * @auth_alg: authentication algorithm used by the station
   4447 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   4448 	 *
   4449 	 * This function adds the station node in the driver, when
   4450 	 * the station gets added by FT-over-DS.
   4451 	 */
   4452 	int (*add_sta_node)(void *priv, const u8 *addr, u16 auth_alg);
   4453 
   4454 	/**
   4455 	 * sched_scan - Request the driver to initiate scheduled scan
   4456 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   4457 	 * @params: Scan parameters
   4458 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   4459 	 *
   4460 	 * This operation should be used for scheduled scan offload to
   4461 	 * the hardware. Every time scan results are available, the
   4462 	 * driver should report scan results event for wpa_supplicant
   4463 	 * which will eventually request the results with
   4464 	 * wpa_driver_get_scan_results2(). This operation is optional
   4465 	 * and if not provided or if it returns -1, we fall back to
   4466 	 * normal host-scheduled scans.
   4467 	 */
   4468 	int (*sched_scan)(void *priv, struct wpa_driver_scan_params *params);
   4469 
   4470 	/**
   4471 	 * stop_sched_scan - Request the driver to stop a scheduled scan
   4472 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   4473 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   4474 	 *
   4475 	 * This should cause the scheduled scan to be stopped and
   4476 	 * results should stop being sent. Must be supported if
   4477 	 * sched_scan is supported.
   4478 	 */
   4479 	int (*stop_sched_scan)(void *priv);
   4480 
   4481 	/**
   4482 	 * poll_client - Probe (null data or such) the given station
   4483 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   4484 	 * @own_addr: MAC address of sending interface
   4485 	 * @addr: MAC address of the station to probe
   4486 	 * @qos: Indicates whether station is QoS station
   4487 	 *
   4488 	 * This function is used to verify whether an associated station is
   4489 	 * still present. This function does not need to be implemented if the
   4490 	 * driver provides such inactivity polling mechanism.
   4491 	 */
   4492 	void (*poll_client)(void *priv, const u8 *own_addr,
   4493 			    const u8 *addr, int qos);
   4494 
   4495 	/**
   4496 	 * radio_disable - Disable/enable radio
   4497 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   4498 	 * @disabled: 1=disable 0=enable radio
   4499 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   4500 	 *
   4501 	 * This optional command is for testing purposes. It can be used to
   4502 	 * disable the radio on a testbed device to simulate out-of-radio-range
   4503 	 * conditions.
   4504 	 */
   4505 	int (*radio_disable)(void *priv, int disabled);
   4506 
   4507 	/**
   4508 	 * switch_channel - Announce channel switch and migrate the GO to the
   4509 	 * given frequency
   4510 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   4511 	 * @settings: Settings for CSA period and new channel
   4512 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   4513 	 *
   4514 	 * This function is used to move the GO to the legacy STA channel to
   4515 	 * avoid frequency conflict in single channel concurrency.
   4516 	 */
   4517 	int (*switch_channel)(void *priv, struct csa_settings *settings);
   4518 
   4519 	/**
   4520 	 * switch_color - Announce color switch and migrate the BSS to the
   4521 	 * given color
   4522 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   4523 	 * @settings: Settings for CCA period and new color
   4524 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   4525 	 *
   4526 	 * This function is used to move the BSS to its new color.
   4527 	 */
   4528 	int (*switch_color)(void *priv, struct cca_settings *settings);
   4529 
   4530 	/**
   4531 	 * add_tx_ts - Add traffic stream
   4532 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   4533 	 * @tsid: Traffic stream ID
   4534 	 * @addr: Receiver address
   4535 	 * @user_prio: User priority of the traffic stream
   4536 	 * @admitted_time: Admitted time for this TS in units of
   4537 	 *	32 microsecond periods (per second).
   4538 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   4539 	 */
   4540 	int (*add_tx_ts)(void *priv, u8 tsid, const u8 *addr, u8 user_prio,
   4541 			 u16 admitted_time);
   4542 
   4543 	/**
   4544 	 * del_tx_ts - Delete traffic stream
   4545 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   4546 	 * @tsid: Traffic stream ID
   4547 	 * @addr: Receiver address
   4548 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   4549 	 */
   4550 	int (*del_tx_ts)(void *priv, u8 tsid, const u8 *addr);
   4551 
   4552 	/**
   4553 	 * Enable channel-switching with TDLS peer
   4554 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   4555 	 * @addr: MAC address of the TDLS peer
   4556 	 * @oper_class: Operating class of the switch channel
   4557 	 * @params: Channel specification
   4558 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   4559 	 *
   4560 	 * The function indicates to driver that it can start switching to a
   4561 	 * different channel with a specified TDLS peer. The switching is
   4562 	 * assumed on until canceled with tdls_disable_channel_switch().
   4563 	 */
   4564 	int (*tdls_enable_channel_switch)(
   4565 		void *priv, const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class,
   4566 		const struct hostapd_freq_params *params);
   4567 
   4568 	/**
   4569 	 * Disable channel switching with TDLS peer
   4570 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   4571 	 * @addr: MAC address of the TDLS peer
   4572 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   4573 	 *
   4574 	 * This function indicates to the driver that it should stop switching
   4575 	 * with a given TDLS peer.
   4576 	 */
   4577 	int (*tdls_disable_channel_switch)(void *priv, const u8 *addr);
   4578 
   4579 	/**
   4580 	 * start_dfs_cac - Listen for radar interference on the channel
   4581 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   4582 	 * @freq: Channel parameters
   4583 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   4584 	 */
   4585 	int (*start_dfs_cac)(void *priv, struct hostapd_freq_params *freq);
   4586 
   4587 	/**
   4588 	 * stop_ap - Removes beacon from AP
   4589 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   4590 	 * @link_id: Link ID of the specified link; -1 for non-MLD
   4591 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure (or if not supported)
   4592 	 *
   4593 	 * This optional function can be used to disable AP mode related
   4594 	 * configuration. Unlike deinit_ap, it does not change to station
   4595 	 * mode.
   4596 	 */
   4597 	int (*stop_ap)(void *priv, int link_id);
   4598 
   4599 	/**
   4600 	 * get_survey - Retrieve survey data
   4601 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   4602 	 * @freq: If set, survey data for the specified frequency is only
   4603 	 *	being requested. If not set, all survey data is requested.
   4604 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   4605 	 *
   4606 	 * Use this to retrieve:
   4607 	 *
   4608 	 * - the observed channel noise floor
   4609 	 * - the amount of time we have spent on the channel
   4610 	 * - the amount of time during which we have spent on the channel that
   4611 	 *   the radio has determined the medium is busy and we cannot
   4612 	 *   transmit
   4613 	 * - the amount of time we have spent receiving data
   4614 	 * - the amount of time we have spent transmitting data
   4615 	 *
   4616 	 * This data can be used for spectrum heuristics. One example is
   4617 	 * Automatic Channel Selection (ACS). The channel survey data is
   4618 	 * kept on a linked list on the channel data, one entry is added
   4619 	 * for each survey. The min_nf of the channel is updated for each
   4620 	 * survey.
   4621 	 */
   4622 	int (*get_survey)(void *priv, unsigned int freq);
   4623 
   4624 	/**
   4625 	 * status - Get driver interface status information
   4626 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   4627 	 * @buf: Buffer for printing the status information
   4628 	 * @buflen: Maximum length of the buffer
   4629 	 * Returns: Length of written status information or -1 on failure
   4630 	 */
   4631 	int (*status)(void *priv, char *buf, size_t buflen);
   4632 
   4633 	/**
   4634 	 * roaming - Set roaming policy for driver-based BSS selection
   4635 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   4636 	 * @allowed: Whether roaming within ESS is allowed
   4637 	 * @bssid: Forced BSSID if roaming is disabled or %NULL if not set
   4638 	 * Returns: Length of written status information or -1 on failure
   4639 	 *
   4640 	 * This optional callback can be used to update roaming policy from the
   4641 	 * associate() command (bssid being set there indicates that the driver
   4642 	 * should not roam before getting this roaming() call to allow roaming.
   4643 	 * If the driver does not indicate WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_BSS_SELECTION
   4644 	 * capability, roaming policy is handled within wpa_supplicant and there
   4645 	 * is no need to implement or react to this callback.
   4646 	 */
   4647 	int (*roaming)(void *priv, int allowed, const u8 *bssid);
   4648 
   4649 	/**
   4650 	 * disable_fils - Enable/disable FILS feature
   4651 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   4652 	 * @disable: 0-enable and 1-disable FILS feature
   4653 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   4654 	 *
   4655 	 * This callback can be used to configure driver and below layers to
   4656 	 * enable/disable all FILS features.
   4657 	 */
   4658 	int (*disable_fils)(void *priv, int disable);
   4659 
   4660 	/**
   4661 	 * set_mac_addr - Set MAC address
   4662 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   4663 	 * @addr: MAC address to use or %NULL for setting back to permanent
   4664 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   4665 	 */
   4666 	int (*set_mac_addr)(void *priv, const u8 *addr);
   4667 
   4668 #ifdef CONFIG_MACSEC
   4669 	int (*macsec_init)(void *priv, struct macsec_init_params *params);
   4670 
   4671 	int (*macsec_deinit)(void *priv);
   4672 
   4673 	/**
   4674 	 * macsec_get_capability - Inform MKA of this driver's capability
   4675 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   4676 	 * @cap: Driver's capability
   4677 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   4678 	 */
   4679 	int (*macsec_get_capability)(void *priv, enum macsec_cap *cap);
   4680 
   4681 	/**
   4682 	 * enable_protect_frames - Set protect frames status
   4683 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   4684 	 * @enabled: true = protect frames enabled
   4685 	 *           false = protect frames disabled
   4686 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure (or if not supported)
   4687 	 */
   4688 	int (*enable_protect_frames)(void *priv, bool enabled);
   4689 
   4690 	/**
   4691 	 * enable_encrypt - Set encryption status
   4692 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   4693 	 * @enabled: true = encrypt outgoing traffic
   4694 	 *           false = integrity-only protection on outgoing traffic
   4695 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure (or if not supported)
   4696 	 */
   4697 	int (*enable_encrypt)(void *priv, bool enabled);
   4698 
   4699 	/**
   4700 	 * set_replay_protect - Set replay protect status and window size
   4701 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   4702 	 * @enabled: true = replay protect enabled
   4703 	 *           false = replay protect disabled
   4704 	 * @window: replay window size, valid only when replay protect enabled
   4705 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure (or if not supported)
   4706 	 */
   4707 	int (*set_replay_protect)(void *priv, bool enabled, u32 window);
   4708 
   4709 	/**
   4710 	 * set_offload - Set MACsec hardware offload
   4711 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   4712 	 * @offload: 0 = MACSEC_OFFLOAD_OFF
   4713 	 *           1 = MACSEC_OFFLOAD_PHY
   4714 	 *           2 = MACSEC_OFFLOAD_MAC
   4715 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure (or if not supported)
   4716 	 */
   4717 	int (*set_offload)(void *priv, u8 offload);
   4718 
   4719 	/**
   4720 	 * set_current_cipher_suite - Set current cipher suite
   4721 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   4722 	 * @cs: EUI64 identifier
   4723 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure (or if not supported)
   4724 	 */
   4725 	int (*set_current_cipher_suite)(void *priv, u64 cs);
   4726 
   4727 	/**
   4728 	 * enable_controlled_port - Set controlled port status
   4729 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   4730 	 * @enabled: true = controlled port enabled
   4731 	 *           false = controlled port disabled
   4732 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure (or if not supported)
   4733 	 */
   4734 	int (*enable_controlled_port)(void *priv, bool enabled);
   4735 
   4736 	/**
   4737 	 * get_receive_lowest_pn - Get receive lowest pn
   4738 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   4739 	 * @sa: secure association
   4740 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure (or if not supported)
   4741 	 */
   4742 	int (*get_receive_lowest_pn)(void *priv, struct receive_sa *sa);
   4743 
   4744 	/**
   4745 	 * get_transmit_next_pn - Get transmit next pn
   4746 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   4747 	 * @sa: secure association
   4748 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure (or if not supported)
   4749 	 */
   4750 	int (*get_transmit_next_pn)(void *priv, struct transmit_sa *sa);
   4751 
   4752 	/**
   4753 	 * set_transmit_next_pn - Set transmit next pn
   4754 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   4755 	 * @sa: secure association
   4756 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure (or if not supported)
   4757 	 */
   4758 	int (*set_transmit_next_pn)(void *priv, struct transmit_sa *sa);
   4759 
   4760 	/**
   4761 	 * set_receive_lowest_pn - Set receive lowest PN
   4762 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   4763 	 * @sa: secure association
   4764 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure (or if not supported)
   4765 	 */
   4766 	int (*set_receive_lowest_pn)(void *priv, struct receive_sa *sa);
   4767 
   4768 	/**
   4769 	 * create_receive_sc - create secure channel for receiving
   4770 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   4771 	 * @sc: secure channel
   4772 	 * @conf_offset: confidentiality offset (0, 30, or 50)
   4773 	 * @validation: frame validation policy (0 = Disabled, 1 = Checked,
   4774 	 *	2 = Strict)
   4775 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure (or if not supported)
   4776 	 */
   4777 	int (*create_receive_sc)(void *priv, struct receive_sc *sc,
   4778 				 unsigned int conf_offset,
   4779 				 int validation);
   4780 
   4781 	/**
   4782 	 * delete_receive_sc - delete secure connection for receiving
   4783 	 * @priv: private driver interface data from init()
   4784 	 * @sc: secure channel
   4785 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   4786 	 */
   4787 	int (*delete_receive_sc)(void *priv, struct receive_sc *sc);
   4788 
   4789 	/**
   4790 	 * create_receive_sa - create secure association for receive
   4791 	 * @priv: private driver interface data from init()
   4792 	 * @sa: secure association
   4793 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   4794 	 */
   4795 	int (*create_receive_sa)(void *priv, struct receive_sa *sa);
   4796 
   4797 	/**
   4798 	 * delete_receive_sa - Delete secure association for receive
   4799 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data from init()
   4800 	 * @sa: Secure association
   4801 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   4802 	 */
   4803 	int (*delete_receive_sa)(void *priv, struct receive_sa *sa);
   4804 
   4805 	/**
   4806 	 * enable_receive_sa - enable the SA for receive
   4807 	 * @priv: private driver interface data from init()
   4808 	 * @sa: secure association
   4809 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   4810 	 */
   4811 	int (*enable_receive_sa)(void *priv, struct receive_sa *sa);
   4812 
   4813 	/**
   4814 	 * disable_receive_sa - disable SA for receive
   4815 	 * @priv: private driver interface data from init()
   4816 	 * @sa: secure association
   4817 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   4818 	 */
   4819 	int (*disable_receive_sa)(void *priv, struct receive_sa *sa);
   4820 
   4821 	/**
   4822 	 * create_transmit_sc - create secure connection for transmit
   4823 	 * @priv: private driver interface data from init()
   4824 	 * @sc: secure channel
   4825 	 * @conf_offset: confidentiality offset (0, 30, or 50)
   4826 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   4827 	 */
   4828 	int (*create_transmit_sc)(void *priv, struct transmit_sc *sc,
   4829 				  unsigned int conf_offset);
   4830 
   4831 	/**
   4832 	 * delete_transmit_sc - delete secure connection for transmit
   4833 	 * @priv: private driver interface data from init()
   4834 	 * @sc: secure channel
   4835 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   4836 	 */
   4837 	int (*delete_transmit_sc)(void *priv, struct transmit_sc *sc);
   4838 
   4839 	/**
   4840 	 * create_transmit_sa - create secure association for transmit
   4841 	 * @priv: private driver interface data from init()
   4842 	 * @sa: secure association
   4843 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   4844 	 */
   4845 	int (*create_transmit_sa)(void *priv, struct transmit_sa *sa);
   4846 
   4847 	/**
   4848 	 * delete_transmit_sa - Delete secure association for transmit
   4849 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data from init()
   4850 	 * @sa: Secure association
   4851 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   4852 	 */
   4853 	int (*delete_transmit_sa)(void *priv, struct transmit_sa *sa);
   4854 
   4855 	/**
   4856 	 * enable_transmit_sa - enable SA for transmit
   4857 	 * @priv: private driver interface data from init()
   4858 	 * @sa: secure association
   4859 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   4860 	 */
   4861 	int (*enable_transmit_sa)(void *priv, struct transmit_sa *sa);
   4862 
   4863 	/**
   4864 	 * disable_transmit_sa - disable SA for transmit
   4865 	 * @priv: private driver interface data from init()
   4866 	 * @sa: secure association
   4867 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   4868 	 */
   4869 	int (*disable_transmit_sa)(void *priv, struct transmit_sa *sa);
   4870 #endif /* CONFIG_MACSEC */
   4871 
   4872 	/**
   4873 	 * init_mesh - Driver specific initialization for mesh
   4874 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   4875 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   4876 	 */
   4877 	int (*init_mesh)(void *priv);
   4878 
   4879 	/**
   4880 	 * join_mesh - Join a mesh network
   4881 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   4882 	 * @params: Mesh configuration parameters
   4883 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   4884 	 */
   4885 	int (*join_mesh)(void *priv,
   4886 			 struct wpa_driver_mesh_join_params *params);
   4887 
   4888 	/**
   4889 	 * leave_mesh - Leave a mesh network
   4890 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   4891 	 * Returns 0 on success, -1 on failure
   4892 	 */
   4893 	int (*leave_mesh)(void *priv);
   4894 
   4895 	/**
   4896 	 * probe_mesh_link - Inject a frame over direct mesh link to a given
   4897 	 *	peer skipping the next_hop lookup from mpath table.
   4898 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   4899 	 * @addr: Peer MAC address
   4900 	 * @eth: Ethernet frame to be sent
   4901 	 * @len: Ethernet frame lengtn in bytes
   4902 	 * Returns 0 on success, -1 on failure
   4903 	 */
   4904 	int (*probe_mesh_link)(void *priv, const u8 *addr, const u8 *eth,
   4905 			       size_t len);
   4906 
   4907 	/**
   4908 	 * do_acs - Automatically select channel
   4909 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   4910 	 * @params: Parameters for ACS
   4911 	 * Returns 0 on success, -1 on failure
   4912 	 *
   4913 	 * This command can be used to offload ACS to the driver if the driver
   4914 	 * indicates support for such offloading (WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_ACS_OFFLOAD).
   4915 	 */
   4916 	int (*do_acs)(void *priv, struct drv_acs_params *params);
   4917 
   4918 	/**
   4919 	 * set_band - Notify driver of band(s) selection
   4920 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   4921 	 * @band_mask: The selected band(s) bit mask (from enum set_band)
   4922 	 * Returns 0 on success, -1 on failure
   4923 	 */
   4924 	int (*set_band)(void *priv, u32 band_mask);
   4925 
   4926 	/**
   4927 	 * get_pref_freq_list - Get preferred frequency list for an interface
   4928 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   4929 	 * @if_type: Interface type
   4930 	 * @num: Number of channels
   4931 	 * @freq_list: Weighted preferred channel list
   4932 	 * Returns 0 on success, -1 on failure
   4933 	 *
   4934 	 * This command can be used to query the preferred frequency list from
   4935 	 * the driver specific to a particular interface type. The freq_list
   4936 	 * array needs to have room for *num entries. *num will be updated to
   4937 	 * indicate the number of entries fetched from the driver.
   4938 	 */
   4939 	int (*get_pref_freq_list)(void *priv, enum wpa_driver_if_type if_type,
   4940 				  unsigned int *num,
   4941 				  struct weighted_pcl *freq_list);
   4942 
   4943 	/**
   4944 	 * set_prob_oper_freq - Indicate probable P2P operating channel
   4945 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   4946 	 * @freq: Channel frequency in MHz
   4947 	 * Returns 0 on success, -1 on failure
   4948 	 *
   4949 	 * This command can be used to inform the driver of the operating
   4950 	 * frequency that an ongoing P2P group formation is likely to come up
   4951 	 * on. Local device is assuming P2P Client role.
   4952 	 */
   4953 	int (*set_prob_oper_freq)(void *priv, unsigned int freq);
   4954 
   4955 	/**
   4956 	 * abort_scan - Request the driver to abort an ongoing scan
   4957 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   4958 	 * @scan_cookie: Cookie identifying the scan request. This is used only
   4959 	 *	when the vendor interface QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_TRIGGER_SCAN
   4960 	 *	was used to trigger scan. Otherwise, 0 is used.
   4961 	 * Returns 0 on success, -1 on failure
   4962 	 */
   4963 	int (*abort_scan)(void *priv, u64 scan_cookie);
   4964 
   4965 	/**
   4966 	 * configure_data_frame_filters - Request to configure frame filters
   4967 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   4968 	 * @filter_flags: The type of frames to filter (bitfield of
   4969 	 * WPA_DATA_FRAME_FILTER_FLAG_*)
   4970 	 * Returns: 0 on success or -1 on failure
   4971 	 */
   4972 	int (*configure_data_frame_filters)(void *priv, u32 filter_flags);
   4973 
   4974 	/**
   4975 	 * get_ext_capab - Get extended capabilities for the specified interface
   4976 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   4977 	 * @type: Interface type for which to get extended capabilities
   4978 	 * @ext_capab: Extended capabilities fetched
   4979 	 * @ext_capab_mask: Extended capabilities mask
   4980 	 * @ext_capab_len: Length of the extended capabilities
   4981 	 * Returns: 0 on success or -1 on failure
   4982 	 */
   4983 	int (*get_ext_capab)(void *priv, enum wpa_driver_if_type type,
   4984 			     const u8 **ext_capab, const u8 **ext_capab_mask,
   4985 			     unsigned int *ext_capab_len);
   4986 
   4987 	/**
   4988 	 * get_mld_capab - Get MLD capabilities for the specified interface
   4989 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   4990 	 * @type: Interface type for which to get MLD capabilities
   4991 	 * @eml_capa: EML capabilities
   4992 	 * @mld_capa_and_ops: MLD Capabilities and Operations
   4993 	 * Returns: 0 on success or -1 on failure
   4994 	 */
   4995 	int (*get_mld_capab)(void *priv, enum wpa_driver_if_type type,
   4996 			     u16 *eml_capa, u16 *mld_capa_and_ops);
   4997 
   4998 	/**
   4999 	 * p2p_lo_start - Start offloading P2P listen to device
   5000 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   5001 	 * @freq: Listening frequency (MHz) for P2P listen
   5002 	 * @period: Length of the listen operation in milliseconds
   5003 	 * @interval: Interval for running the listen operation in milliseconds
   5004 	 * @count: Number of times to run the listen operation
   5005 	 * @device_types: Device primary and secondary types
   5006 	 * @dev_types_len: Number of bytes for device_types
   5007 	 * @ies: P2P IE and WSC IE for Probe Response frames
   5008 	 * @ies_len: Length of ies in bytes
   5009 	 * Returns: 0 on success or -1 on failure
   5010 	 */
   5011 	int (*p2p_lo_start)(void *priv, unsigned int freq,
   5012 			    unsigned int period, unsigned int interval,
   5013 			    unsigned int count,
   5014 			    const u8 *device_types, size_t dev_types_len,
   5015 			    const u8 *ies, size_t ies_len);
   5016 
   5017 	/**
   5018 	 * p2p_lo_stop - Stop P2P listen offload
   5019 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   5020 	 * Returns: 0 on success or -1 on failure
   5021 	 */
   5022 	int (*p2p_lo_stop)(void *priv);
   5023 
   5024 	/**
   5025 	 * set_default_scan_ies - Set default scan IEs
   5026 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   5027 	 * @ies: Scan default IEs buffer
   5028 	 * @ies_len: Length of IEs in bytes
   5029 	 * Returns: 0 on success or -1 on failure
   5030 	 *
   5031 	 * The driver can use these by default when there are no scan IEs coming
   5032 	 * in the subsequent scan requests. Also in case of one or more of IEs
   5033 	 * given in set_default_scan_ies() are missing in the subsequent scan
   5034 	 * request, the driver should merge the missing scan IEs in the scan
   5035 	 * request from the IEs set by set_default_scan_ies() in the Probe
   5036 	 * Request frames sent.
   5037 	 */
   5038 	int (*set_default_scan_ies)(void *priv, const u8 *ies, size_t ies_len);
   5039 
   5040 	/**
   5041 	 * set_tdls_mode - Set TDLS trigger mode to the host driver
   5042 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   5043 	 * @tdls_external_control: Represents if TDLS external trigger control
   5044 	 *  mode is enabled/disabled.
   5045 	 *
   5046 	 * This optional callback can be used to configure the TDLS external
   5047 	 * trigger control mode to the host driver.
   5048 	 */
   5049 	int (*set_tdls_mode)(void *priv, int tdls_external_control);
   5050 
   5051 	/**
   5052 	 * get_bss_transition_status - Get candidate BSS's transition status
   5053 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   5054 	 * @params: Candidate BSS list
   5055 	 *
   5056 	 * Get the accept or reject reason code for a list of BSS transition
   5057 	 * candidates.
   5058 	 */
   5059 	struct wpa_bss_candidate_info *
   5060 	(*get_bss_transition_status)(void *priv,
   5061 				     struct wpa_bss_trans_info *params);
   5062 	/**
   5063 	 * ignore_assoc_disallow - Configure driver to ignore assoc_disallow
   5064 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   5065 	 * @ignore_disallow: 0 to not ignore, 1 to ignore
   5066 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   5067 	 */
   5068 	int (*ignore_assoc_disallow)(void *priv, int ignore_disallow);
   5069 
   5070 	/**
   5071 	 * set_bssid_tmp_disallow - Set disallowed BSSIDs to the driver
   5072 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   5073 	 * @num_bssid: Number of temporarily disallowed BSSIDs
   5074 	 * @bssids: List of temporarily disallowed BSSIDs
   5075 	 */
   5076 	int (*set_bssid_tmp_disallow)(void *priv, unsigned int num_bssid,
   5077 				      const u8 *bssid);
   5078 
   5079 	/**
   5080 	 * update_connect_params - Update the connection parameters
   5081 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   5082 	 * @params: Association parameters
   5083 	 * @mask: Bit mask indicating which parameters in @params have to be
   5084 	 *	updated
   5085 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   5086 	 *
   5087 	 * Update the connection parameters when in connected state so that the
   5088 	 * driver uses the updated parameters for subsequent roaming. This is
   5089 	 * used only with drivers that implement internal BSS selection and
   5090 	 * roaming.
   5091 	 */
   5092 	int (*update_connect_params)(
   5093 		void *priv, struct wpa_driver_associate_params *params,
   5094 		enum wpa_drv_update_connect_params_mask mask);
   5095 
   5096 	/**
   5097 	 * send_external_auth_status - Indicate the status of external
   5098 	 * authentication processing to the host driver.
   5099 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   5100 	 * @params: Status of authentication processing.
   5101 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   5102 	 */
   5103 	int (*send_external_auth_status)(void *priv,
   5104 					 struct external_auth *params);
   5105 
   5106 	/**
   5107 	 * set_4addr_mode - Set 4-address mode
   5108 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   5109 	 * @bridge_ifname: Bridge interface name
   5110 	 * @val: 0 - disable 4addr mode, 1 - enable 4addr mode
   5111 	 * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on failure
   5112 	 */
   5113 	int (*set_4addr_mode)(void *priv, const char *bridge_ifname, int val);
   5114 
   5115 	/**
   5116 	 * update_dh_ie - Update DH IE
   5117 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   5118 	 * @peer_mac: Peer MAC address
   5119 	 * @reason_code: Reacon code
   5120 	 * @ie: DH IE
   5121 	 * @ie_len: DH IE length in bytes
   5122 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   5123 	 *
   5124 	 * This callback is used to let the driver know the DH processing result
   5125 	 * and DH IE for a pending association.
   5126 	 */
   5127 	int (*update_dh_ie)(void *priv, const u8 *peer_mac, u16 reason_code,
   5128 			    const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len);
   5129 
   5130 	/**
   5131 	 * dpp_listen - Notify driver about start/stop of DPP listen
   5132 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   5133 	 * @enable: Whether listen state is enabled (or disabled)
   5134 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   5135 	 *
   5136 	 * This optional callback can be used to update RX frame filtering to
   5137 	 * explicitly allow reception of broadcast Public Action frames.
   5138 	 */
   5139 	int (*dpp_listen)(void *priv, bool enable);
   5140 
   5141 	/**
   5142 	 * set_secure_ranging_ctx - Add or delete secure ranging parameters of
   5143 	 * the specified peer to the driver.
   5144 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   5145 	 * @params: Secure ranging parameters
   5146 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   5147 	 *
   5148 	 */
   5149 	int (*set_secure_ranging_ctx)(void *priv,
   5150 				      struct secure_ranging_params *params);
   5151 
   5152 	/**
   5153 	 * send_pasn_resp - Send PASN response for a set of peers to the
   5154 	 * driver.
   5155 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   5156 	 * @params: Parameters holding peers and respective status.
   5157 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   5158 	 */
   5159 	int (*send_pasn_resp)(void *priv, struct pasn_auth *params);
   5160 
   5161 	/**
   5162 	 * get_sta_mlo_info - Get the current multi-link association info
   5163 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   5164 	 * @mlo: Pointer to fill multi-link association info
   5165 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   5166 	 *
   5167 	 * This callback is used to fetch multi-link of the current association.
   5168 	 */
   5169 	int (*get_sta_mlo_info)(void *priv,
   5170 				struct driver_sta_mlo_info *mlo_info);
   5171 
   5172 	/**
   5173 	 * link_add - Add a link to the AP MLD interface
   5174 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   5175 	 * @link_id: The link ID
   5176 	 * @addr: The MAC address to use for the link
   5177 	 * @bss_ctx: BSS context for %WPA_IF_AP_BSS interfaces
   5178 	 * Returns: 0 on success, negative value on failure
   5179 	 */
   5180 	int (*link_add)(void *priv, u8 link_id, const u8 *addr, void *bss_ctx);
   5181 
   5182 	/**
   5183 	 * link_remove - Remove a link from the AP MLD interface
   5184 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   5185 	 * @type: Interface type
   5186 	 * @ifname: Interface name of the virtual interface from where the link
   5187 	 *	is to be removed.
   5188 	 * @link_id: Valid link ID to remove
   5189 	 * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
   5190 	 */
   5191 	int (*link_remove)(void *priv, enum wpa_driver_if_type type,
   5192 			   const char *ifname, u8 link_id);
   5193 
   5194 	/**
   5195 	 * is_drv_shared - Check whether the driver interface is shared
   5196 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data from init()
   5197 	 * @bss_ctx: BSS context for %WPA_IF_AP_BSS interfaces
   5198 	 *
   5199 	 * Checks whether the driver interface is being used by other partner
   5200 	 * BSS(s) or not. This is used to decide whether the driver interface
   5201 	 * needs to be deinitilized when one interface is getting deinitialized.
   5202 	 *
   5203 	 * Returns: true if it is being used or else false.
   5204 	 */
   5205 	bool (*is_drv_shared)(void *priv, void *bss_ctx);
   5206 
   5207 	/**
   5208 	 * link_sta_remove - Remove a link STA from an MLD STA
   5209 	 * @priv: Private driver interface data
   5210 	 * @link_id: The link ID which the link STA is using
   5211 	 * @addr: The MLD MAC address of the MLD STA
   5212 	 * Returns: 0 on success, negative value on failure
   5213 	 */
   5214 	int (*link_sta_remove)(void *priv, u8 link_id, const u8 *addr);
   5215 
   5216 #ifdef CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS
   5217 	int (*register_frame)(void *priv, u16 type,
   5218 			      const u8 *match, size_t match_len,
   5219 			      bool multicast);
   5220 #endif /* CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS */
   5221 };
   5222 
   5223 /**
   5224  * enum wpa_event_type - Event type for wpa_supplicant_event() calls
   5225  */
   5226 enum wpa_event_type {
   5227 	/**
   5228 	 * EVENT_ASSOC - Association completed
   5229 	 *
   5230 	 * This event needs to be delivered when the driver completes IEEE
   5231 	 * 802.11 association or reassociation successfully.
   5232 	 * wpa_driver_ops::get_bssid() is expected to provide the current BSSID
   5233 	 * after this event has been generated. In addition, optional
   5234 	 * EVENT_ASSOCINFO may be generated just before EVENT_ASSOC to provide
   5235 	 * more information about the association. If the driver interface gets
   5236 	 * both of these events at the same time, it can also include the
   5237 	 * assoc_info data in EVENT_ASSOC call.
   5238 	 */
   5239 	EVENT_ASSOC,
   5240 
   5241 	/**
   5242 	 * EVENT_DISASSOC - Association lost
   5243 	 *
   5244 	 * This event should be called when association is lost either due to
   5245 	 * receiving deauthenticate or disassociate frame from the AP or when
   5246 	 * sending either of these frames to the current AP. If the driver
   5247 	 * supports separate deauthentication event, EVENT_DISASSOC should only
   5248 	 * be used for disassociation and EVENT_DEAUTH for deauthentication.
   5249 	 * In AP mode, union wpa_event_data::disassoc_info is required.
   5250 	 */
   5251 	EVENT_DISASSOC,
   5252 
   5253 	/**
   5254 	 * EVENT_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE - Michael MIC (TKIP) detected
   5255 	 *
   5256 	 * This event must be delivered when a Michael MIC error is detected by
   5257 	 * the local driver. Additional data for event processing is
   5258 	 * provided with union wpa_event_data::michael_mic_failure. This
   5259 	 * information is used to request new encryption key and to initiate
   5260 	 * TKIP countermeasures if needed.
   5261 	 */
   5262 	EVENT_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE,
   5263 
   5264 	/**
   5265 	 * EVENT_SCAN_RESULTS - Scan results available
   5266 	 *
   5267 	 * This event must be called whenever scan results are available to be
   5268 	 * fetched with struct wpa_driver_ops::get_scan_results(). This event
   5269 	 * is expected to be used some time after struct wpa_driver_ops::scan()
   5270 	 * is called. If the driver provides an unsolicited event when the scan
   5271 	 * has been completed, this event can be used to trigger
   5272 	 * EVENT_SCAN_RESULTS call. If such event is not available from the
   5273 	 * driver, the driver wrapper code is expected to use a registered
   5274 	 * timeout to generate EVENT_SCAN_RESULTS call after the time that the
   5275 	 * scan is expected to be completed. Optional information about
   5276 	 * completed scan can be provided with union wpa_event_data::scan_info.
   5277 	 */
   5278 	EVENT_SCAN_RESULTS,
   5279 
   5280 	/**
   5281 	 * EVENT_ASSOCINFO - Report optional extra information for association
   5282 	 *
   5283 	 * This event can be used to report extra association information for
   5284 	 * EVENT_ASSOC processing. This extra information includes IEs from
   5285 	 * association frames and Beacon/Probe Response frames in union
   5286 	 * wpa_event_data::assoc_info. EVENT_ASSOCINFO must be send just before
   5287 	 * EVENT_ASSOC. Alternatively, the driver interface can include
   5288 	 * assoc_info data in the EVENT_ASSOC call if it has all the
   5289 	 * information available at the same point.
   5290 	 */
   5291 	EVENT_ASSOCINFO,
   5292 
   5293 	/**
   5294 	 * EVENT_INTERFACE_STATUS - Report interface status changes
   5295 	 *
   5296 	 * This optional event can be used to report changes in interface
   5297 	 * status (interface added/removed) using union
   5298 	 * wpa_event_data::interface_status. This can be used to trigger
   5299 	 * wpa_supplicant to stop and re-start processing for the interface,
   5300 	 * e.g., when a cardbus card is ejected/inserted.
   5301 	 */
   5302 	EVENT_INTERFACE_STATUS,
   5303 
   5304 	/**
   5305 	 * EVENT_PMKID_CANDIDATE - Report a candidate AP for pre-authentication
   5306 	 *
   5307 	 * This event can be used to inform wpa_supplicant about candidates for
   5308 	 * RSN (WPA2) pre-authentication. If wpa_supplicant is not responsible
   5309 	 * for scan request (ap_scan=2 mode), this event is required for
   5310 	 * pre-authentication. If wpa_supplicant is performing scan request
   5311 	 * (ap_scan=1), this event is optional since scan results can be used
   5312 	 * to add pre-authentication candidates. union
   5313 	 * wpa_event_data::pmkid_candidate is used to report the BSSID of the
   5314 	 * candidate and priority of the candidate, e.g., based on the signal
   5315 	 * strength, in order to try to pre-authenticate first with candidates
   5316 	 * that are most likely targets for re-association.
   5317 	 *
   5318 	 * EVENT_PMKID_CANDIDATE can be called whenever the driver has updates
   5319 	 * on the candidate list. In addition, it can be called for the current
   5320 	 * AP and APs that have existing PMKSA cache entries. wpa_supplicant
   5321 	 * will automatically skip pre-authentication in cases where a valid
   5322 	 * PMKSA exists. When more than one candidate exists, this event should
   5323 	 * be generated once for each candidate.
   5324 	 *
   5325 	 * Driver will be notified about successful pre-authentication with
   5326 	 * struct wpa_driver_ops::add_pmkid() calls.
   5327 	 */
   5328 	EVENT_PMKID_CANDIDATE,
   5329 
   5330 	/**
   5331 	 * EVENT_TDLS - Request TDLS operation
   5332 	 *
   5333 	 * This event can be used to request a TDLS operation to be performed.
   5334 	 */
   5335 	EVENT_TDLS,
   5336 
   5337 	/**
   5338 	 * EVENT_FT_RESPONSE - Report FT (IEEE 802.11r) response IEs
   5339 	 *
   5340 	 * The driver is expected to report the received FT IEs from
   5341 	 * FT authentication sequence from the AP. The FT IEs are included in
   5342 	 * the extra information in union wpa_event_data::ft_ies.
   5343 	 */
   5344 	EVENT_FT_RESPONSE,
   5345 
   5346 	/**
   5347 	 * EVENT_IBSS_RSN_START - Request RSN authentication in IBSS
   5348 	 *
   5349 	 * The driver can use this event to inform wpa_supplicant about a STA
   5350 	 * in an IBSS with which protected frames could be exchanged. This
   5351 	 * event starts RSN authentication with the other STA to authenticate
   5352 	 * the STA and set up encryption keys with it.
   5353 	 */
   5354 	EVENT_IBSS_RSN_START,
   5355 
   5356 	/**
   5357 	 * EVENT_AUTH - Authentication result
   5358 	 *
   5359 	 * This event should be called when authentication attempt has been
   5360 	 * completed. This is only used if the driver supports separate
   5361 	 * authentication step (struct wpa_driver_ops::authenticate).
   5362 	 * Information about authentication result is included in
   5363 	 * union wpa_event_data::auth.
   5364 	 */
   5365 	EVENT_AUTH,
   5366 
   5367 	/**
   5368 	 * EVENT_DEAUTH - Authentication lost
   5369 	 *
   5370 	 * This event should be called when authentication is lost either due
   5371 	 * to receiving deauthenticate frame from the AP or when sending that
   5372 	 * frame to the current AP.
   5373 	 * In AP mode, union wpa_event_data::deauth_info is required.
   5374 	 */
   5375 	EVENT_DEAUTH,
   5376 
   5377 	/**
   5378 	 * EVENT_ASSOC_REJECT - Association rejected
   5379 	 *
   5380 	 * This event should be called when (re)association attempt has been
   5381 	 * rejected by the AP. Information about the association response is
   5382 	 * included in union wpa_event_data::assoc_reject.
   5383 	 */
   5384 	EVENT_ASSOC_REJECT,
   5385 
   5386 	/**
   5387 	 * EVENT_AUTH_TIMED_OUT - Authentication timed out
   5388 	 */
   5389 	EVENT_AUTH_TIMED_OUT,
   5390 
   5391 	/**
   5392 	 * EVENT_ASSOC_TIMED_OUT - Association timed out
   5393 	 */
   5394 	EVENT_ASSOC_TIMED_OUT,
   5395 
   5396 	/**
   5397 	 * EVENT_WPS_BUTTON_PUSHED - Report hardware push button press for WPS
   5398 	 */
   5399 	EVENT_WPS_BUTTON_PUSHED,
   5400 
   5401 	/**
   5402 	 * EVENT_TX_STATUS - Report TX status
   5403 	 */
   5404 	EVENT_TX_STATUS,
   5405 
   5406 	/**
   5407 	 * EVENT_RX_FROM_UNKNOWN - Report RX from unknown STA
   5408 	 */
   5409 	EVENT_RX_FROM_UNKNOWN,
   5410 
   5411 	/**
   5412 	 * EVENT_RX_MGMT - Report RX of a management frame
   5413 	 */
   5414 	EVENT_RX_MGMT,
   5415 
   5416 	/**
   5417 	 * EVENT_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL - Remain-on-channel duration started
   5418 	 *
   5419 	 * This event is used to indicate when the driver has started the
   5420 	 * requested remain-on-channel duration. Information about the
   5421 	 * operation is included in union wpa_event_data::remain_on_channel.
   5422 	 */
   5423 	EVENT_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
   5424 
   5425 	/**
   5426 	 * EVENT_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL - Remain-on-channel timed out
   5427 	 *
   5428 	 * This event is used to indicate when the driver has completed
   5429 	 * remain-on-channel duration, i.e., may noot be available on the
   5430 	 * requested channel anymore. Information about the
   5431 	 * operation is included in union wpa_event_data::remain_on_channel.
   5432 	 */
   5433 	EVENT_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
   5434 
   5435 	/**
   5436 	 * EVENT_RX_PROBE_REQ - Indicate received Probe Request frame
   5437 	 *
   5438 	 * This event is used to indicate when a Probe Request frame has been
   5439 	 * received. Information about the received frame is included in
   5440 	 * union wpa_event_data::rx_probe_req. The driver is required to report
   5441 	 * these events only after successfully completed probe_req_report()
   5442 	 * commands to request the events (i.e., report parameter is non-zero)
   5443 	 * in station mode. In AP mode, Probe Request frames should always be
   5444 	 * reported.
   5445 	 */
   5446 	EVENT_RX_PROBE_REQ,
   5447 
   5448 	/**
   5449 	 * EVENT_NEW_STA - New wired device noticed
   5450 	 *
   5451 	 * This event is used to indicate that a new device has been detected
   5452 	 * in a network that does not use association-like functionality (i.e.,
   5453 	 * mainly wired Ethernet). This can be used to start EAPOL
   5454 	 * authenticator when receiving a frame from a device. The address of
   5455 	 * the device is included in union wpa_event_data::new_sta.
   5456 	 */
   5457 	EVENT_NEW_STA,
   5458 
   5459 	/**
   5460 	 * EVENT_EAPOL_RX - Report received EAPOL frame
   5461 	 *
   5462 	 * When in AP mode with hostapd, this event is required to be used to
   5463 	 * deliver the receive EAPOL frames from the driver.
   5464 	 */
   5465 	EVENT_EAPOL_RX,
   5466 
   5467 	/**
   5468 	 * EVENT_SIGNAL_CHANGE - Indicate change in signal strength
   5469 	 *
   5470 	 * This event is used to indicate changes in the signal strength
   5471 	 * observed in frames received from the current AP if signal strength
   5472 	 * monitoring has been enabled with signal_monitor().
   5473 	 */
   5474 	EVENT_SIGNAL_CHANGE,
   5475 
   5476 	/**
   5477 	 * EVENT_INTERFACE_ENABLED - Notify that interface was enabled
   5478 	 *
   5479 	 * This event is used to indicate that the interface was enabled after
   5480 	 * having been previously disabled, e.g., due to rfkill.
   5481 	 */
   5482 	EVENT_INTERFACE_ENABLED,
   5483 
   5484 	/**
   5485 	 * EVENT_INTERFACE_DISABLED - Notify that interface was disabled
   5486 	 *
   5487 	 * This event is used to indicate that the interface was disabled,
   5488 	 * e.g., due to rfkill.
   5489 	 */
   5490 	EVENT_INTERFACE_DISABLED,
   5491 
   5492 	/**
   5493 	 * EVENT_CHANNEL_LIST_CHANGED - Channel list changed
   5494 	 *
   5495 	 * This event is used to indicate that the channel list has changed,
   5496 	 * e.g., because of a regulatory domain change triggered by scan
   5497 	 * results including an AP advertising a country code.
   5498 	 */
   5499 	EVENT_CHANNEL_LIST_CHANGED,
   5500 
   5501 	/**
   5502 	 * EVENT_INTERFACE_UNAVAILABLE - Notify that interface is unavailable
   5503 	 *
   5504 	 * This event is used to indicate that the driver cannot maintain this
   5505 	 * interface in its operation mode anymore. The most likely use for
   5506 	 * this is to indicate that AP mode operation is not available due to
   5507 	 * operating channel would need to be changed to a DFS channel when
   5508 	 * the driver does not support radar detection and another virtual
   5509 	 * interfaces caused the operating channel to change. Other similar
   5510 	 * resource conflicts could also trigger this for station mode
   5511 	 * interfaces. This event can be propagated when channel switching
   5512 	 * fails.
   5513 	 */
   5514 	EVENT_INTERFACE_UNAVAILABLE,
   5515 
   5516 	/**
   5517 	 * EVENT_BEST_CHANNEL
   5518 	 *
   5519 	 * Driver generates this event whenever it detects a better channel
   5520 	 * (e.g., based on RSSI or channel use). This information can be used
   5521 	 * to improve channel selection for a new AP/P2P group.
   5522 	 */
   5523 	EVENT_BEST_CHANNEL,
   5524 
   5525 	/**
   5526 	 * EVENT_UNPROT_DEAUTH - Unprotected Deauthentication frame received
   5527 	 *
   5528 	 * This event should be called when a Deauthentication frame is dropped
   5529 	 * due to it not being protected (MFP/IEEE 802.11w).
   5530 	 * union wpa_event_data::unprot_deauth is required to provide more
   5531 	 * details of the frame.
   5532 	 */
   5533 	EVENT_UNPROT_DEAUTH,
   5534 
   5535 	/**
   5536 	 * EVENT_UNPROT_DISASSOC - Unprotected Disassociation frame received
   5537 	 *
   5538 	 * This event should be called when a Disassociation frame is dropped
   5539 	 * due to it not being protected (MFP/IEEE 802.11w).
   5540 	 * union wpa_event_data::unprot_disassoc is required to provide more
   5541 	 * details of the frame.
   5542 	 */
   5543 	EVENT_UNPROT_DISASSOC,
   5544 
   5545 	/**
   5546 	 * EVENT_STATION_LOW_ACK
   5547 	 *
   5548 	 * Driver generates this event whenever it detected that a particular
   5549 	 * station was lost. Detection can be through massive transmission
   5550 	 * failures for example.
   5551 	 */
   5552 	EVENT_STATION_LOW_ACK,
   5553 
   5554 	/**
   5555 	 * EVENT_IBSS_PEER_LOST - IBSS peer not reachable anymore
   5556 	 */
   5557 	EVENT_IBSS_PEER_LOST,
   5558 
   5559 	/**
   5560 	 * EVENT_DRIVER_GTK_REKEY - Device/driver did GTK rekey
   5561 	 *
   5562 	 * This event carries the new replay counter to notify wpa_supplicant
   5563 	 * of the current EAPOL-Key Replay Counter in case the driver/firmware
   5564 	 * completed Group Key Handshake while the host (including
   5565 	 * wpa_supplicant was sleeping).
   5566 	 */
   5567 	EVENT_DRIVER_GTK_REKEY,
   5568 
   5569 	/**
   5570 	 * EVENT_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED - Scheduled scan was stopped
   5571 	 */
   5572 	EVENT_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED,
   5573 
   5574 	/**
   5575 	 * EVENT_DRIVER_CLIENT_POLL_OK - Station responded to poll
   5576 	 *
   5577 	 * This event indicates that the station responded to the poll
   5578 	 * initiated with @poll_client.
   5579 	 */
   5580 	EVENT_DRIVER_CLIENT_POLL_OK,
   5581 
   5582 	/**
   5583 	 * EVENT_EAPOL_TX_STATUS - notify of EAPOL TX status
   5584 	 */
   5585 	EVENT_EAPOL_TX_STATUS,
   5586 
   5587 	/**
   5588 	 * EVENT_CH_SWITCH - AP or GO decided to switch channels
   5589 	 *
   5590 	 * Described in wpa_event_data.ch_switch
   5591 	 * */
   5592 	EVENT_CH_SWITCH,
   5593 
   5594 	/**
   5595 	 * EVENT_CH_SWITCH_STARTED - AP or GO started to switch channels
   5596 	 *
   5597 	 * This is a pre-switch event indicating the shortly following switch
   5598 	 * of operating channels.
   5599 	 *
   5600 	 * Described in wpa_event_data.ch_switch
   5601 	 */
   5602 	EVENT_CH_SWITCH_STARTED,
   5603 	/**
   5604 	 * EVENT_WNM - Request WNM operation
   5605 	 *
   5606 	 * This event can be used to request a WNM operation to be performed.
   5607 	 */
   5608 	EVENT_WNM,
   5609 
   5610 	/**
   5611 	 * EVENT_CONNECT_FAILED_REASON - Connection failure reason in AP mode
   5612 	 *
   5613 	 * This event indicates that the driver reported a connection failure
   5614 	 * with the specified client (for example, max client reached, etc.) in
   5615 	 * AP mode.
   5616 	 */
   5617 	EVENT_CONNECT_FAILED_REASON,
   5618 
   5619 	/**
   5620 	 * EVENT_DFS_RADAR_DETECTED - Notify of radar detection
   5621 	 *
   5622 	 * A radar has been detected on the supplied frequency, hostapd should
   5623 	 * react accordingly (e.g., change channel).
   5624 	 */
   5625 	EVENT_DFS_RADAR_DETECTED,
   5626 
   5627 	/**
   5628 	 * EVENT_DFS_CAC_FINISHED - Notify that channel availability check has been completed
   5629 	 *
   5630 	 * After a successful CAC, the channel can be marked clear and used.
   5631 	 */
   5632 	EVENT_DFS_CAC_FINISHED,
   5633 
   5634 	/**
   5635 	 * EVENT_DFS_CAC_ABORTED - Notify that channel availability check has been aborted
   5636 	 *
   5637 	 * The CAC was not successful, and the channel remains in the previous
   5638 	 * state. This may happen due to a radar being detected or other
   5639 	 * external influences.
   5640 	 */
   5641 	EVENT_DFS_CAC_ABORTED,
   5642 
   5643 	/**
   5644 	 * EVENT_DFS_NOP_FINISHED - Notify that non-occupancy period is over
   5645 	 *
   5646 	 * The channel which was previously unavailable is now available again.
   5647 	 */
   5648 	EVENT_DFS_NOP_FINISHED,
   5649 
   5650 	/**
   5651 	 * EVENT_SURVEY - Received survey data
   5652 	 *
   5653 	 * This event gets triggered when a driver query is issued for survey
   5654 	 * data and the requested data becomes available. The returned data is
   5655 	 * stored in struct survey_results. The results provide at most one
   5656 	 * survey entry for each frequency and at minimum will provide one
   5657 	 * survey entry for one frequency. The survey data can be os_malloc()'d
   5658 	 * and then os_free()'d, so the event callback must only copy data.
   5659 	 */
   5660 	EVENT_SURVEY,
   5661 
   5662 	/**
   5663 	 * EVENT_SCAN_STARTED - Scan started
   5664 	 *
   5665 	 * This indicates that driver has started a scan operation either based
   5666 	 * on a request from wpa_supplicant/hostapd or from another application.
   5667 	 * EVENT_SCAN_RESULTS is used to indicate when the scan has been
   5668 	 * completed (either successfully or by getting cancelled).
   5669 	 */
   5670 	EVENT_SCAN_STARTED,
   5671 
   5672 	/**
   5673 	 * EVENT_AVOID_FREQUENCIES - Received avoid frequency range
   5674 	 *
   5675 	 * This event indicates a set of frequency ranges that should be avoided
   5676 	 * to reduce issues due to interference or internal co-existence
   5677 	 * information in the driver.
   5678 	 */
   5679 	EVENT_AVOID_FREQUENCIES,
   5680 
   5681 	/**
   5682 	 * EVENT_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE - new (unknown) mesh peer notification
   5683 	 */
   5684 	EVENT_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE,
   5685 
   5686 	/**
   5687 	 * EVENT_ACS_CHANNEL_SELECTED - Received selected channels by ACS
   5688 	 *
   5689 	 * Indicates a pair of primary and secondary channels chosen by ACS
   5690 	 * in device.
   5691 	 */
   5692 	EVENT_ACS_CHANNEL_SELECTED,
   5693 
   5694 	/**
   5695 	 * EVENT_DFS_CAC_STARTED - Notify that channel availability check has
   5696 	 * been started.
   5697 	 *
   5698 	 * This event indicates that channel availability check has been started
   5699 	 * on a DFS frequency by a driver that supports DFS Offload.
   5700 	 */
   5701 	EVENT_DFS_CAC_STARTED,
   5702 
   5703 	/**
   5704 	 * EVENT_P2P_LO_STOP - Notify that P2P listen offload is stopped
   5705 	 */
   5706 	EVENT_P2P_LO_STOP,
   5707 
   5708 	/**
   5709 	 * EVENT_BEACON_LOSS - Beacon loss detected
   5710 	 *
   5711 	 * This event indicates that no Beacon frames has been received from
   5712 	 * the current AP. This may indicate that the AP is not anymore in
   5713 	 * range.
   5714 	 */
   5715 	EVENT_BEACON_LOSS,
   5716 
   5717 	/**
   5718 	 * EVENT_DFS_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED - Notify that channel availability check
   5719 	 * done previously (Pre-CAC) on the channel has expired. This would
   5720 	 * normally be on a non-ETSI DFS regulatory domain. DFS state of the
   5721 	 * channel will be moved from available to usable. A new CAC has to be
   5722 	 * performed before start operating on this channel.
   5723 	 */
   5724 	EVENT_DFS_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED,
   5725 
   5726 	/**
   5727 	 * EVENT_EXTERNAL_AUTH - This event interface is used by host drivers
   5728 	 * that do not define separate commands for authentication and
   5729 	 * association (~WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_SME) but offload the 802.11
   5730 	 * authentication to wpa_supplicant. This event carries all the
   5731 	 * necessary information from the host driver for the authentication to
   5732 	 * happen.
   5733 	 */
   5734 	EVENT_EXTERNAL_AUTH,
   5735 
   5736 	/**
   5737 	 * EVENT_PORT_AUTHORIZED - Notification that a connection is authorized
   5738 	 *
   5739 	 * This event should be indicated when the driver completes the 4-way
   5740 	 * handshake. This event should be preceded by an EVENT_ASSOC that
   5741 	 * indicates the completion of IEEE 802.11 association.
   5742 	 */
   5743 	EVENT_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
   5744 
   5745 	/**
   5746 	 * EVENT_STATION_OPMODE_CHANGED - Notify STA's HT/VHT operation mode
   5747 	 * change event.
   5748 	 */
   5749 	EVENT_STATION_OPMODE_CHANGED,
   5750 
   5751 	/**
   5752 	 * EVENT_INTERFACE_MAC_CHANGED - Notify that interface MAC changed
   5753 	 *
   5754 	 * This event is emitted when the MAC changes while the interface is
   5755 	 * enabled. When an interface was disabled and becomes enabled, it
   5756 	 * must be always assumed that the MAC possibly changed.
   5757 	 */
   5758 	EVENT_INTERFACE_MAC_CHANGED,
   5759 
   5760 	/**
   5761 	 * EVENT_WDS_STA_INTERFACE_STATUS - Notify WDS STA interface status
   5762 	 *
   5763 	 * This event is emitted when an interface is added/removed for WDS STA.
   5764 	 */
   5765 	EVENT_WDS_STA_INTERFACE_STATUS,
   5766 
   5767 	/**
   5768 	  * EVENT_UPDATE_DH - Notification of updated DH information
   5769 	  */
   5770 	EVENT_UPDATE_DH,
   5771 
   5772 	/**
   5773 	 * EVENT_UNPROT_BEACON - Unprotected Beacon frame received
   5774 	 *
   5775 	 * This event should be called when a Beacon frame is dropped due to it
   5776 	 * not being protected correctly. union wpa_event_data::unprot_beacon
   5777 	 * is required to provide more details of the frame.
   5778 	 */
   5779 	EVENT_UNPROT_BEACON,
   5780 
   5781 	/**
   5782 	 * EVENT_TX_WAIT_EXPIRE - TX wait timed out
   5783 	 *
   5784 	 * This event is used to indicate when the driver has completed
   5785 	 * wait for a response frame based on a TX request that specified a
   5786 	 * non-zero wait time and that has not been explicitly cancelled.
   5787 	 */
   5788 	EVENT_TX_WAIT_EXPIRE,
   5789 
   5790 	/**
   5791 	  * EVENT_BSS_COLOR_COLLISION - Notification of a BSS color collision
   5792 	  */
   5793 	EVENT_BSS_COLOR_COLLISION,
   5794 
   5795 	/**
   5796 	 * EVENT_CCA_STARTED_NOTIFY - Notification that CCA has started
   5797 	 */
   5798 	EVENT_CCA_STARTED_NOTIFY,
   5799 
   5800 	/**
   5801 	 * EVENT_CCA_ABORTED_NOTIFY - Notification that CCA has aborted
   5802 	 */
   5803 	EVENT_CCA_ABORTED_NOTIFY,
   5804 
   5805 	/**
   5806 	 * EVENT_CCA_NOTIFY - Notification that CCA has completed
   5807 	 */
   5808 	EVENT_CCA_NOTIFY,
   5809 
   5810 	/**
   5811 	 * EVENT_PASN_AUTH - This event is used by the driver that requests
   5812 	 * PASN authentication and secure ranging context for multiple peers.
   5813 	 */
   5814 	EVENT_PASN_AUTH,
   5815 
   5816 	/**
   5817 	 * EVENT_LINK_CH_SWITCH - MLD AP link decided to switch channels
   5818 	 *
   5819 	 * Described in wpa_event_data.ch_switch.
   5820 	 *
   5821 	 */
   5822 	EVENT_LINK_CH_SWITCH,
   5823 
   5824 	/**
   5825 	 * EVENT_LINK_CH_SWITCH_STARTED - MLD AP link started to switch channels
   5826 	 *
   5827 	 * This is a pre-switch event indicating the shortly following switch
   5828 	 * of operating channels.
   5829 	 *
   5830 	 * Described in wpa_event_data.ch_switch.
   5831 	 */
   5832 	EVENT_LINK_CH_SWITCH_STARTED,
   5833 
   5834 	/**
   5835 	 * EVENT_TID_LINK_MAP - MLD event to set TID-to-link mapping
   5836 	 *
   5837 	 * This event is used by the driver to indicate the received TID-to-link
   5838 	 * mapping response from the associated AP MLD.
   5839 	 *
   5840 	 * Described in wpa_event_data.t2l_map_info.
   5841 	 */
   5842 	EVENT_TID_LINK_MAP,
   5843 
   5844 	/**
   5845 	 * EVENT_LINK_RECONFIG - Notification that AP links removed
   5846 	 */
   5847 	EVENT_LINK_RECONFIG,
   5848 };
   5849 
   5850 
   5851 /**
   5852  * struct freq_survey - Channel survey info
   5853  *
   5854  * @ifidx: Interface index in which this survey was observed
   5855  * @freq: Center of frequency of the surveyed channel
   5856  * @nf: Channel noise floor in dBm
   5857  * @channel_time: Amount of time in ms the radio spent on the channel
   5858  * @channel_time_busy: Amount of time in ms the radio detected some signal
   5859  *     that indicated to the radio the channel was not clear
   5860  * @channel_time_rx: Amount of time the radio spent receiving data
   5861  * @channel_time_tx: Amount of time the radio spent transmitting data
   5862  * @filled: bitmask indicating which fields have been reported, see
   5863  *     SURVEY_HAS_* defines.
   5864  * @list: Internal list pointers
   5865  */
   5866 struct freq_survey {
   5867 	u32 ifidx;
   5868 	unsigned int freq;
   5869 	s8 nf;
   5870 	u64 channel_time;
   5871 	u64 channel_time_busy;
   5872 	u64 channel_time_rx;
   5873 	u64 channel_time_tx;
   5874 	unsigned int filled;
   5875 	struct dl_list list;
   5876 };
   5877 
   5878 #define SURVEY_HAS_NF BIT(0)
   5879 #define SURVEY_HAS_CHAN_TIME BIT(1)
   5880 #define SURVEY_HAS_CHAN_TIME_BUSY BIT(2)
   5881 #define SURVEY_HAS_CHAN_TIME_RX BIT(3)
   5882 #define SURVEY_HAS_CHAN_TIME_TX BIT(4)
   5883 
   5884 /**
   5885  * enum sta_connect_fail_reason_codes - STA connect failure reason code values
   5886  * @STA_CONNECT_FAIL_REASON_UNSPECIFIED: No reason code specified for
   5887  *	connection failure.
   5888  * @STA_CONNECT_FAIL_REASON_NO_BSS_FOUND: No Probe Response frame received
   5889  *	for unicast Probe Request frame.
   5890  * @STA_CONNECT_FAIL_REASON_AUTH_TX_FAIL: STA failed to send auth request.
   5891  * @STA_CONNECT_FAIL_REASON_AUTH_NO_ACK_RECEIVED: AP didn't send ACK for
   5892  *	auth request.
   5893  * @STA_CONNECT_FAIL_REASON_AUTH_NO_RESP_RECEIVED: Auth response is not
   5894  *	received from AP.
   5895  * @STA_CONNECT_FAIL_REASON_ASSOC_REQ_TX_FAIL: STA failed to send
   5896  *	Association Request frame.
   5897  * @STA_CONNECT_FAIL_REASON_ASSOC_NO_ACK_RECEIVED: AP didn't send ACK for
   5898  *	Association Request frame.
   5899  * @STA_CONNECT_FAIL_REASON_ASSOC_NO_RESP_RECEIVED: Association Response
   5900  *	frame is not received from AP.
   5901  */
   5902 enum sta_connect_fail_reason_codes {
   5903 	STA_CONNECT_FAIL_REASON_UNSPECIFIED = 0,
   5904 	STA_CONNECT_FAIL_REASON_NO_BSS_FOUND = 1,
   5905 	STA_CONNECT_FAIL_REASON_AUTH_TX_FAIL = 2,
   5906 	STA_CONNECT_FAIL_REASON_AUTH_NO_ACK_RECEIVED = 3,
   5907 	STA_CONNECT_FAIL_REASON_AUTH_NO_RESP_RECEIVED = 4,
   5908 	STA_CONNECT_FAIL_REASON_ASSOC_REQ_TX_FAIL = 5,
   5909 	STA_CONNECT_FAIL_REASON_ASSOC_NO_ACK_RECEIVED = 6,
   5910 	STA_CONNECT_FAIL_REASON_ASSOC_NO_RESP_RECEIVED = 7,
   5911 };
   5912 
   5913 /**
   5914  * union wpa_event_data - Additional data for wpa_supplicant_event() calls
   5915  */
   5916 union wpa_event_data {
   5917 	/**
   5918 	 * struct assoc_info - Data for EVENT_ASSOC and EVENT_ASSOCINFO events
   5919 	 *
   5920 	 * This structure is optional for EVENT_ASSOC calls and required for
   5921 	 * EVENT_ASSOCINFO calls. By using EVENT_ASSOC with this data, the
   5922 	 * driver interface does not need to generate separate EVENT_ASSOCINFO
   5923 	 * calls.
   5924 	 */
   5925 	struct assoc_info {
   5926 		/**
   5927 		 * reassoc - Flag to indicate association or reassociation
   5928 		 */
   5929 		int reassoc;
   5930 
   5931 		/**
   5932 		 * req_ies - (Re)Association Request IEs
   5933 		 *
   5934 		 * If the driver generates WPA/RSN IE, this event data must be
   5935 		 * returned for WPA handshake to have needed information. If
   5936 		 * wpa_supplicant-generated WPA/RSN IE is used, this
   5937 		 * information event is optional.
   5938 		 *
   5939 		 * This should start with the first IE (fixed fields before IEs
   5940 		 * are not included).
   5941 		 */
   5942 		const u8 *req_ies;
   5943 
   5944 		/**
   5945 		 * req_ies_len - Length of req_ies in bytes
   5946 		 */
   5947 		size_t req_ies_len;
   5948 
   5949 		/**
   5950 		 * resp_ies - (Re)Association Response IEs
   5951 		 *
   5952 		 * Optional association data from the driver. This data is not
   5953 		 * required WPA, but may be useful for some protocols and as
   5954 		 * such, should be reported if this is available to the driver
   5955 		 * interface.
   5956 		 *
   5957 		 * This should start with the first IE (fixed fields before IEs
   5958 		 * are not included).
   5959 		 */
   5960 		const u8 *resp_ies;
   5961 
   5962 		/**
   5963 		 * resp_ies_len - Length of resp_ies in bytes
   5964 		 */
   5965 		size_t resp_ies_len;
   5966 
   5967 		/**
   5968 		 * resp_frame - (Re)Association Response frame
   5969 		 */
   5970 		const u8 *resp_frame;
   5971 
   5972 		/**
   5973 		 * resp_frame_len - (Re)Association Response frame length
   5974 		 */
   5975 		size_t resp_frame_len;
   5976 
   5977 		/**
   5978 		 * beacon_ies - Beacon or Probe Response IEs
   5979 		 *
   5980 		 * Optional Beacon/ProbeResp data: IEs included in Beacon or
   5981 		 * Probe Response frames from the current AP (i.e., the one
   5982 		 * that the client just associated with). This information is
   5983 		 * used to update WPA/RSN IE for the AP. If this field is not
   5984 		 * set, the results from previous scan will be used. If no
   5985 		 * data for the new AP is found, scan results will be requested
   5986 		 * again (without scan request). At this point, the driver is
   5987 		 * expected to provide WPA/RSN IE for the AP (if WPA/WPA2 is
   5988 		 * used).
   5989 		 *
   5990 		 * This should start with the first IE (fixed fields before IEs
   5991 		 * are not included).
   5992 		 */
   5993 		const u8 *beacon_ies;
   5994 
   5995 		/**
   5996 		 * beacon_ies_len - Length of beacon_ies */
   5997 		size_t beacon_ies_len;
   5998 
   5999 		/**
   6000 		 * freq - Frequency of the operational channel in MHz
   6001 		 */
   6002 		unsigned int freq;
   6003 
   6004 		/**
   6005 		 * wmm_params - WMM parameters used in this association.
   6006 		 */
   6007 		struct wmm_params wmm_params;
   6008 
   6009 		/**
   6010 		 * addr - Station address (for AP mode)
   6011 		 */
   6012 		const u8 *addr;
   6013 
   6014 		/**
   6015 		 * The following is the key management offload information
   6016 		 * @authorized
   6017 		 * @key_replay_ctr
   6018 		 * @key_replay_ctr_len
   6019 		 * @ptk_kck
   6020 		 * @ptk_kek_len
   6021 		 * @ptk_kek
   6022 		 * @ptk_kek_len
   6023 		 */
   6024 
   6025 		/**
   6026 		 * authorized - Status of key management offload,
   6027 		 * 1 = successful
   6028 		 */
   6029 		int authorized;
   6030 
   6031 		/**
   6032 		 * key_replay_ctr - Key replay counter value last used
   6033 		 * in a valid EAPOL-Key frame
   6034 		 */
   6035 		const u8 *key_replay_ctr;
   6036 
   6037 		/**
   6038 		 * key_replay_ctr_len - The length of key_replay_ctr
   6039 		 */
   6040 		size_t key_replay_ctr_len;
   6041 
   6042 		/**
   6043 		 * ptk_kck - The derived PTK KCK
   6044 		 */
   6045 		const u8 *ptk_kck;
   6046 
   6047 		/**
   6048 		 * ptk_kek_len - The length of ptk_kck
   6049 		 */
   6050 		size_t ptk_kck_len;
   6051 
   6052 		/**
   6053 		 * ptk_kek - The derived PTK KEK
   6054 		 * This is used in key management offload and also in FILS SK
   6055 		 * offload.
   6056 		 */
   6057 		const u8 *ptk_kek;
   6058 
   6059 		/**
   6060 		 * ptk_kek_len - The length of ptk_kek
   6061 		 */
   6062 		size_t ptk_kek_len;
   6063 
   6064 		/**
   6065 		 * subnet_status - The subnet status:
   6066 		 * 0 = unknown, 1 = unchanged, 2 = changed
   6067 		 */
   6068 		u8 subnet_status;
   6069 
   6070 		/**
   6071 		 * The following information is used in FILS SK offload
   6072 		 * @fils_erp_next_seq_num
   6073 		 * @fils_pmk
   6074 		 * @fils_pmk_len
   6075 		 * @fils_pmkid
   6076 		 */
   6077 
   6078 		/**
   6079 		 * fils_erp_next_seq_num - The next sequence number to use in
   6080 		 * FILS ERP messages
   6081 		 */
   6082 		u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num;
   6083 
   6084 		/**
   6085 		 * fils_pmk - A new PMK if generated in case of FILS
   6086 		 * authentication
   6087 		 */
   6088 		const u8 *fils_pmk;
   6089 
   6090 		/**
   6091 		 * fils_pmk_len - Length of fils_pmk
   6092 		 */
   6093 		size_t fils_pmk_len;
   6094 
   6095 		/**
   6096 		 * fils_pmkid - PMKID used or generated in FILS authentication
   6097 		 */
   6098 		const u8 *fils_pmkid;
   6099 
   6100 		/**
   6101 		 * link_addr - Link address of the STA
   6102 		 */
   6103 		const u8 *link_addr;
   6104 
   6105 		/**
   6106 		 * assoc_link_id - Association link id of the MLO association or
   6107 		 *	-1 if MLO is not used
   6108 		 */
   6109 		int assoc_link_id;
   6110 	} assoc_info;
   6111 
   6112 	/**
   6113 	 * struct disassoc_info - Data for EVENT_DISASSOC events
   6114 	 */
   6115 	struct disassoc_info {
   6116 		/**
   6117 		 * addr - Station address (for AP mode)
   6118 		 */
   6119 		const u8 *addr;
   6120 
   6121 		/**
   6122 		 * reason_code - Reason Code (host byte order) used in
   6123 		 *	Deauthentication frame
   6124 		 */
   6125 		u16 reason_code;
   6126 
   6127 		/**
   6128 		 * ie - Optional IE(s) in Disassociation frame
   6129 		 */
   6130 		const u8 *ie;
   6131 
   6132 		/**
   6133 		 * ie_len - Length of ie buffer in octets
   6134 		 */
   6135 		size_t ie_len;
   6136 
   6137 		/**
   6138 		 * locally_generated - Whether the frame was locally generated
   6139 		 */
   6140 		int locally_generated;
   6141 	} disassoc_info;
   6142 
   6143 	/**
   6144 	 * struct deauth_info - Data for EVENT_DEAUTH events
   6145 	 */
   6146 	struct deauth_info {
   6147 		/**
   6148 		 * addr - Station address (for AP mode)
   6149 		 */
   6150 		const u8 *addr;
   6151 
   6152 		/**
   6153 		 * reason_code - Reason Code (host byte order) used in
   6154 		 *	Deauthentication frame
   6155 		 */
   6156 		u16 reason_code;
   6157 
   6158 		/**
   6159 		 * ie - Optional IE(s) in Deauthentication frame
   6160 		 */
   6161 		const u8 *ie;
   6162 
   6163 		/**
   6164 		 * ie_len - Length of ie buffer in octets
   6165 		 */
   6166 		size_t ie_len;
   6167 
   6168 		/**
   6169 		 * locally_generated - Whether the frame was locally generated
   6170 		 */
   6171 		int locally_generated;
   6172 	} deauth_info;
   6173 
   6174 	/**
   6175 	 * struct michael_mic_failure - Data for EVENT_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE
   6176 	 */
   6177 	struct michael_mic_failure {
   6178 		int unicast;
   6179 		const u8 *src;
   6180 	} michael_mic_failure;
   6181 
   6182 	/**
   6183 	 * struct interface_status - Data for EVENT_INTERFACE_STATUS
   6184 	 */
   6185 	struct interface_status {
   6186 		unsigned int ifindex;
   6187 		char ifname[100];
   6188 		enum {
   6189 			EVENT_INTERFACE_ADDED, EVENT_INTERFACE_REMOVED
   6190 		} ievent;
   6191 	} interface_status;
   6192 
   6193 	/**
   6194 	 * struct pmkid_candidate - Data for EVENT_PMKID_CANDIDATE
   6195 	 */
   6196 	struct pmkid_candidate {
   6197 		/** BSSID of the PMKID candidate */
   6198 		u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
   6199 		/** Smaller the index, higher the priority */
   6200 		int index;
   6201 		/** Whether RSN IE includes pre-authenticate flag */
   6202 		int preauth;
   6203 	} pmkid_candidate;
   6204 
   6205 	/**
   6206 	 * struct tdls - Data for EVENT_TDLS
   6207 	 */
   6208 	struct tdls {
   6209 		u8 peer[ETH_ALEN];
   6210 		enum {
   6211 			TDLS_REQUEST_SETUP,
   6212 			TDLS_REQUEST_TEARDOWN,
   6213 			TDLS_REQUEST_DISCOVER,
   6214 		} oper;
   6215 		u16 reason_code; /* for teardown */
   6216 	} tdls;
   6217 
   6218 	/**
   6219 	 * struct wnm - Data for EVENT_WNM
   6220 	 */
   6221 	struct wnm {
   6222 		u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
   6223 		enum {
   6224 			WNM_OPER_SLEEP,
   6225 		} oper;
   6226 		enum {
   6227 			WNM_SLEEP_ENTER,
   6228 			WNM_SLEEP_EXIT
   6229 		} sleep_action;
   6230 		int sleep_intval;
   6231 		u16 reason_code;
   6232 		u8 *buf;
   6233 		u16 buf_len;
   6234 	} wnm;
   6235 
   6236 	/**
   6237 	 * struct ft_ies - FT information elements (EVENT_FT_RESPONSE)
   6238 	 *
   6239 	 * During FT (IEEE 802.11r) authentication sequence, the driver is
   6240 	 * expected to use this event to report received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE,
   6241 	 * RSN IE, TIE, possible resource request) to the supplicant. The FT
   6242 	 * IEs for the next message will be delivered through the
   6243 	 * struct wpa_driver_ops::update_ft_ies() callback.
   6244 	 */
   6245 	struct ft_ies {
   6246 		const u8 *ies;
   6247 		size_t ies_len;
   6248 		int ft_action;
   6249 		u8 target_ap[ETH_ALEN];
   6250 		/** Optional IE(s), e.g., WMM TSPEC(s), for RIC-Request */
   6251 		const u8 *ric_ies;
   6252 		/** Length of ric_ies buffer in octets */
   6253 		size_t ric_ies_len;
   6254 	} ft_ies;
   6255 
   6256 	/**
   6257 	 * struct ibss_rsn_start - Data for EVENT_IBSS_RSN_START
   6258 	 */
   6259 	struct ibss_rsn_start {
   6260 		u8 peer[ETH_ALEN];
   6261 	} ibss_rsn_start;
   6262 
   6263 	/**
   6264 	 * struct auth_info - Data for EVENT_AUTH events
   6265 	 */
   6266 	struct auth_info {
   6267 		u8 peer[ETH_ALEN];
   6268 		u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
   6269 		u16 auth_type;
   6270 		u16 auth_transaction;
   6271 		u16 status_code;
   6272 		const u8 *ies;
   6273 		size_t ies_len;
   6274 	} auth;
   6275 
   6276 	/**
   6277 	 * struct assoc_reject - Data for EVENT_ASSOC_REJECT events
   6278 	 */
   6279 	struct assoc_reject {
   6280 		/**
   6281 		 * bssid - BSSID of the AP that rejected association
   6282 		 */
   6283 		const u8 *bssid;
   6284 
   6285 		/**
   6286 		 * resp_ies - (Re)Association Response IEs
   6287 		 *
   6288 		 * Optional association data from the driver. This data is not
   6289 		 * required WPA, but may be useful for some protocols and as
   6290 		 * such, should be reported if this is available to the driver
   6291 		 * interface.
   6292 		 *
   6293 		 * This should start with the first IE (fixed fields before IEs
   6294 		 * are not included).
   6295 		 */
   6296 		const u8 *resp_ies;
   6297 
   6298 		/**
   6299 		 * resp_ies_len - Length of resp_ies in bytes
   6300 		 */
   6301 		size_t resp_ies_len;
   6302 
   6303 		/**
   6304 		 * status_code - Status Code from (Re)association Response
   6305 		 */
   6306 		u16 status_code;
   6307 
   6308 		/**
   6309 		 * timed_out - Whether failure is due to timeout (etc.) rather
   6310 		 * than explicit rejection response from the AP.
   6311 		 */
   6312 		int timed_out;
   6313 
   6314 		/**
   6315 		 * timeout_reason - Reason for the timeout
   6316 		 */
   6317 		const char *timeout_reason;
   6318 
   6319 		/**
   6320 		 * fils_erp_next_seq_num - The next sequence number to use in
   6321 		 * FILS ERP messages
   6322 		 */
   6323 		u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num;
   6324 
   6325 		/**
   6326 		 * reason_code - Connection failure reason code from the driver
   6327 		 */
   6328 		enum sta_connect_fail_reason_codes reason_code;
   6329 	} assoc_reject;
   6330 
   6331 	struct timeout_event {
   6332 		u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
   6333 	} timeout_event;
   6334 
   6335 	/**
   6336 	 * struct tx_status - Data for EVENT_TX_STATUS events
   6337 	 */
   6338 	struct tx_status {
   6339 		u16 type;
   6340 		u16 stype;
   6341 		const u8 *dst;
   6342 		const u8 *data;
   6343 		size_t data_len;
   6344 		int ack;
   6345 		int link_id;
   6346 	} tx_status;
   6347 
   6348 	/**
   6349 	 * struct rx_from_unknown - Data for EVENT_RX_FROM_UNKNOWN events
   6350 	 */
   6351 	struct rx_from_unknown {
   6352 		const u8 *bssid;
   6353 		const u8 *addr;
   6354 		int wds;
   6355 	} rx_from_unknown;
   6356 
   6357 	/**
   6358 	 * struct rx_mgmt - Data for EVENT_RX_MGMT events
   6359 	 */
   6360 	struct rx_mgmt {
   6361 		const u8 *frame;
   6362 		size_t frame_len;
   6363 		u32 datarate;
   6364 
   6365 		/**
   6366 		 * drv_priv - Pointer to store driver private BSS information
   6367 		 *
   6368 		 * If not set to NULL, this is used for comparison with
   6369 		 * hostapd_data->drv_priv to determine which BSS should process
   6370 		 * the frame.
   6371 		 */
   6372 		void *drv_priv;
   6373 
   6374 		/**
   6375 		 * ctx - Pointer to store ctx of private BSS information
   6376 		 *
   6377 		 * If not set to NULL, this is used for forwarding the packet
   6378 		 * to right link BSS of ML BSS.
   6379 		 */
   6380 		void *ctx;
   6381 
   6382 		/**
   6383 		 * freq - Frequency (in MHz) on which the frame was received
   6384 		 */
   6385 		int freq;
   6386 
   6387 		/**
   6388 		 * ssi_signal - Signal strength in dBm (or 0 if not available)
   6389 		 */
   6390 		int ssi_signal;
   6391 
   6392 		/**
   6393 		 * link_id - MLO link on which the frame was received or -1 for
   6394 		 * non MLD.
   6395 		 */
   6396 		int link_id;
   6397 	} rx_mgmt;
   6398 
   6399 	/**
   6400 	 * struct remain_on_channel - Data for EVENT_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL events
   6401 	 *
   6402 	 * This is also used with EVENT_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL events.
   6403 	 */
   6404 	struct remain_on_channel {
   6405 		/**
   6406 		 * freq - Channel frequency in MHz
   6407 		 */
   6408 		unsigned int freq;
   6409 
   6410 		/**
   6411 		 * duration - Duration to remain on the channel in milliseconds
   6412 		 */
   6413 		unsigned int duration;
   6414 	} remain_on_channel;
   6415 
   6416 	/**
   6417 	 * struct scan_info - Optional data for EVENT_SCAN_RESULTS events
   6418 	 * @aborted: Whether the scan was aborted
   6419 	 * @freqs: Scanned frequencies in MHz (%NULL = all channels scanned)
   6420 	 * @num_freqs: Number of entries in freqs array
   6421 	 * @ssids: Scanned SSIDs (%NULL or zero-length SSID indicates wildcard
   6422 	 *	SSID)
   6423 	 * @num_ssids: Number of entries in ssids array
   6424 	 * @external_scan: Whether the scan info is for an external scan
   6425 	 * @nl_scan_event: 1 if the source of this scan event is a normal scan,
   6426 	 * 	0 if the source of the scan event is a vendor scan
   6427 	 * @scan_start_tsf: Time when the scan started in terms of TSF of the
   6428 	 *	BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
   6429 	 *	(if available).
   6430 	 * @scan_start_tsf_bssid: The BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf
   6431 	 *	is set.
   6432 	 * @scan_cookie: Unique identification representing the corresponding
   6433 	 *      scan request. 0 if no unique identification is available.
   6434 	 */
   6435 	struct scan_info {
   6436 		int aborted;
   6437 		const int *freqs;
   6438 		size_t num_freqs;
   6439 		struct wpa_driver_scan_ssid ssids[WPAS_MAX_SCAN_SSIDS];
   6440 		size_t num_ssids;
   6441 		int external_scan;
   6442 		int nl_scan_event;
   6443 		u64 scan_start_tsf;
   6444 		u8 scan_start_tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
   6445 		u64 scan_cookie;
   6446 	} scan_info;
   6447 
   6448 	/**
   6449 	 * struct rx_probe_req - Data for EVENT_RX_PROBE_REQ events
   6450 	 */
   6451 	struct rx_probe_req {
   6452 		/**
   6453 		 * sa - Source address of the received Probe Request frame
   6454 		 */
   6455 		const u8 *sa;
   6456 
   6457 		/**
   6458 		 * da - Destination address of the received Probe Request frame
   6459 		 *	or %NULL if not available
   6460 		 */
   6461 		const u8 *da;
   6462 
   6463 		/**
   6464 		 * bssid - BSSID of the received Probe Request frame or %NULL
   6465 		 *	if not available
   6466 		 */
   6467 		const u8 *bssid;
   6468 
   6469 		/**
   6470 		 * ie - IEs from the Probe Request body
   6471 		 */
   6472 		const u8 *ie;
   6473 
   6474 		/**
   6475 		 * ie_len - Length of ie buffer in octets
   6476 		 */
   6477 		size_t ie_len;
   6478 
   6479 		/**
   6480 		 * signal - signal strength in dBm (or 0 if not available)
   6481 		 */
   6482 		int ssi_signal;
   6483 	} rx_probe_req;
   6484 
   6485 	/**
   6486 	 * struct new_sta - Data for EVENT_NEW_STA events
   6487 	 */
   6488 	struct new_sta {
   6489 		const u8 *addr;
   6490 	} new_sta;
   6491 
   6492 	/**
   6493 	 * struct eapol_rx - Data for EVENT_EAPOL_RX events
   6494 	 */
   6495 	struct eapol_rx {
   6496 		const u8 *src;
   6497 		const u8 *data;
   6498 		size_t data_len;
   6499 		enum frame_encryption encrypted;
   6500 		int link_id;
   6501 	} eapol_rx;
   6502 
   6503 	/**
   6504 	 * signal_change - Data for EVENT_SIGNAL_CHANGE events
   6505 	 */
   6506 	struct wpa_signal_info signal_change;
   6507 
   6508 	/**
   6509 	 * struct best_channel - Data for EVENT_BEST_CHANNEL events
   6510 	 * @freq_24: Best 2.4 GHz band channel frequency in MHz
   6511 	 * @freq_5: Best 5 GHz band channel frequency in MHz
   6512 	 * @freq_overall: Best channel frequency in MHz
   6513 	 *
   6514 	 * 0 can be used to indicate no preference in either band.
   6515 	 */
   6516 	struct best_channel {
   6517 		int freq_24;
   6518 		int freq_5;
   6519 		int freq_overall;
   6520 	} best_chan;
   6521 
   6522 	struct unprot_deauth {
   6523 		const u8 *sa;
   6524 		const u8 *da;
   6525 		u16 reason_code;
   6526 	} unprot_deauth;
   6527 
   6528 	struct unprot_disassoc {
   6529 		const u8 *sa;
   6530 		const u8 *da;
   6531 		u16 reason_code;
   6532 	} unprot_disassoc;
   6533 
   6534 	/**
   6535 	 * struct low_ack - Data for EVENT_STATION_LOW_ACK events
   6536 	 * @addr: station address
   6537 	 * @num_packets: Number of packets lost (consecutive packets not
   6538 	 * acknowledged)
   6539 	 */
   6540 	struct low_ack {
   6541 		u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
   6542 		u32 num_packets;
   6543 	} low_ack;
   6544 
   6545 	/**
   6546 	 * struct ibss_peer_lost - Data for EVENT_IBSS_PEER_LOST
   6547 	 */
   6548 	struct ibss_peer_lost {
   6549 		u8 peer[ETH_ALEN];
   6550 	} ibss_peer_lost;
   6551 
   6552 	/**
   6553 	 * struct driver_gtk_rekey - Data for EVENT_DRIVER_GTK_REKEY
   6554 	 */
   6555 	struct driver_gtk_rekey {
   6556 		const u8 *bssid;
   6557 		const u8 *replay_ctr;
   6558 	} driver_gtk_rekey;
   6559 
   6560 	/**
   6561 	 * struct client_poll - Data for EVENT_DRIVER_CLIENT_POLL_OK events
   6562 	 * @addr: station address
   6563 	 */
   6564 	struct client_poll {
   6565 		u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
   6566 	} client_poll;
   6567 
   6568 	/**
   6569 	 * struct eapol_tx_status
   6570 	 * @dst: Original destination
   6571 	 * @data: Data starting with IEEE 802.1X header (!)
   6572 	 * @data_len: Length of data
   6573 	 * @ack: Indicates ack or lost frame
   6574 	 * @link_id: MLD link id used to transmit the frame or -1 for non MLO
   6575 	 *
   6576 	 * This corresponds to hapd_send_eapol if the frame sent
   6577 	 * there isn't just reported as EVENT_TX_STATUS.
   6578 	 */
   6579 	struct eapol_tx_status {
   6580 		const u8 *dst;
   6581 		const u8 *data;
   6582 		int data_len;
   6583 		int ack;
   6584 		int link_id;
   6585 	} eapol_tx_status;
   6586 
   6587 	/**
   6588 	 * struct ch_switch
   6589 	 * @freq: Frequency of new channel in MHz
   6590 	 * @ht_enabled: Whether this is an HT channel
   6591 	 * @ch_offset: Secondary channel offset
   6592 	 * @ch_width: Channel width
   6593 	 * @cf1: Center frequency 1
   6594 	 * @cf2: Center frequency 2
   6595 	 * @link_id: Link ID of the MLO link
   6596 	 * @punct_bitmap: Puncturing bitmap
   6597 	 */
   6598 	struct ch_switch {
   6599 		int freq;
   6600 		int ht_enabled;
   6601 		int ch_offset;
   6602 		enum chan_width ch_width;
   6603 		int cf1;
   6604 		int cf2;
   6605 		int link_id;
   6606 		u16 punct_bitmap;
   6607 	} ch_switch;
   6608 
   6609 	/**
   6610 	 * struct connect_failed - Data for EVENT_CONNECT_FAILED_REASON
   6611 	 * @addr: Remote client address
   6612 	 * @code: Reason code for connection failure
   6613 	 */
   6614 	struct connect_failed_reason {
   6615 		u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
   6616 		enum {
   6617 			MAX_CLIENT_REACHED,
   6618 			BLOCKED_CLIENT
   6619 		} code;
   6620 	} connect_failed_reason;
   6621 
   6622 	/**
   6623 	 * struct dfs_event - Data for radar detected events
   6624 	 * @freq: Frequency of the channel in MHz
   6625 	 * @link_id: If >= 0, Link ID of the MLO link
   6626 	 */
   6627 	struct dfs_event {
   6628 		int freq;
   6629 		int ht_enabled;
   6630 		int chan_offset;
   6631 		enum chan_width chan_width;
   6632 		int cf1;
   6633 		int cf2;
   6634 		int link_id;
   6635 	} dfs_event;
   6636 
   6637 	/**
   6638 	 * survey_results - Survey result data for EVENT_SURVEY
   6639 	 * @freq_filter: Requested frequency survey filter, 0 if request
   6640 	 *	was for all survey data
   6641 	 * @survey_list: Linked list of survey data (struct freq_survey)
   6642 	 */
   6643 	struct survey_results {
   6644 		unsigned int freq_filter;
   6645 		struct dl_list survey_list; /* struct freq_survey */
   6646 	} survey_results;
   6647 
   6648 	/**
   6649 	 * channel_list_changed - Data for EVENT_CHANNEL_LIST_CHANGED
   6650 	 * @initiator: Initiator of the regulatory change
   6651 	 * @type: Regulatory change type
   6652 	 * @alpha2: Country code (or "" if not available)
   6653 	 * @beacon_hint_before: Data for frequency attributes before beacon hint
   6654 	 *	event if initiator == REGDOM_BEACON_HINT
   6655 	 * @beacon_hint_after: Data for frequency attributes after beacon hint
   6656 	 *	event if initiator == REGDOM_BEACON_HINT
   6657 	 */
   6658 	struct channel_list_changed {
   6659 		enum reg_change_initiator initiator;
   6660 		enum reg_type type;
   6661 		char alpha2[3];
   6662 		struct frequency_attrs {
   6663 			unsigned int freq;
   6664 			unsigned int max_tx_power;
   6665 			bool disabled;
   6666 			bool no_ir;
   6667 			bool radar;
   6668 		} beacon_hint_before, beacon_hint_after;
   6669 	} channel_list_changed;
   6670 
   6671 	/**
   6672 	 * freq_range - List of frequency ranges
   6673 	 *
   6674 	 * This is used as the data with EVENT_AVOID_FREQUENCIES.
   6675 	 */
   6676 	struct wpa_freq_range_list freq_range;
   6677 
   6678 	/**
   6679 	 * struct mesh_peer
   6680 	 *
   6681 	 * @peer: Peer address
   6682 	 * @ies: Beacon IEs
   6683 	 * @ie_len: Length of @ies
   6684 	 *
   6685 	 * Notification of new candidate mesh peer.
   6686 	 */
   6687 	struct mesh_peer {
   6688 		const u8 *peer;
   6689 		const u8 *ies;
   6690 		size_t ie_len;
   6691 	} mesh_peer;
   6692 
   6693 	/**
   6694 	 * struct acs_selected_channels - Data for EVENT_ACS_CHANNEL_SELECTED
   6695 	 * @pri_freq: Selected primary frequency
   6696 	 * @sec_freq: Selected secondary frequency
   6697 	 * @edmg_channel: Selected EDMG channel
   6698 	 * @vht_seg0_center_ch: VHT mode Segment0 center channel
   6699 	 *	The value is the index of the channel center frequency for
   6700 	 *	20 MHz, 40 MHz, and 80 MHz channels. The value is the center
   6701 	 *	frequency index of the primary 80 MHz segment for 160 MHz and
   6702 	 *	80+80 MHz channels.
   6703 	 * @vht_seg1_center_ch: VHT mode Segment1 center channel
   6704 	 *	The value is zero for 20 MHz, 40 MHz, and 80 MHz channels. The
   6705 	 *	value is the index of the channel center frequency for 160 MHz
   6706 	 *	channels and the center frequency index of the secondary 80 MHz
   6707 	 *	segment for 80+80 MHz channels.
   6708 	 * @ch_width: Selected Channel width by driver. Driver may choose to
   6709 	 *	change hostapd configured ACS channel width due driver internal
   6710 	 *	channel restrictions.
   6711 	 * @hw_mode: Selected band (used with hw_mode=any)
   6712 	 * @puncture_bitmap: Indicate the puncturing channels
   6713 	 * @link_id: Indicate the link id if operating as AP MLD; -1 otherwise
   6714 	 */
   6715 	struct acs_selected_channels {
   6716 		unsigned int pri_freq;
   6717 		unsigned int sec_freq;
   6718 		u8 edmg_channel;
   6719 		u8 vht_seg0_center_ch;
   6720 		u8 vht_seg1_center_ch;
   6721 		u16 ch_width;
   6722 		enum hostapd_hw_mode hw_mode;
   6723 		u16 puncture_bitmap;
   6724 		int link_id;
   6725 	} acs_selected_channels;
   6726 
   6727 	/**
   6728 	 * struct p2p_lo_stop - Reason code for P2P Listen offload stop event
   6729 	 * @reason_code: Reason for stopping offload
   6730 	 *	P2P_LO_STOPPED_REASON_COMPLETE: Listen offload finished as
   6731 	 *	scheduled.
   6732 	 *	P2P_LO_STOPPED_REASON_RECV_STOP_CMD: Host requested offload to
   6733 	 *	be stopped.
   6734 	 *	P2P_LO_STOPPED_REASON_INVALID_PARAM: Invalid listen offload
   6735 	 *	parameters.
   6736 	 *	P2P_LO_STOPPED_REASON_NOT_SUPPORTED: Listen offload not
   6737 	 *	supported by device.
   6738 	 */
   6739 	struct p2p_lo_stop {
   6740 		enum {
   6741 			P2P_LO_STOPPED_REASON_COMPLETE = 0,
   6742 			P2P_LO_STOPPED_REASON_RECV_STOP_CMD,
   6743 			P2P_LO_STOPPED_REASON_INVALID_PARAM,
   6744 			P2P_LO_STOPPED_REASON_NOT_SUPPORTED,
   6745 		} reason_code;
   6746 	} p2p_lo_stop;
   6747 
   6748 	/* For EVENT_EXTERNAL_AUTH */
   6749 	struct external_auth external_auth;
   6750 
   6751 	/**
   6752 	 * struct sta_opmode - Station's operation mode change event
   6753 	 * @addr: The station MAC address
   6754 	 * @smps_mode: SMPS mode of the station
   6755 	 * @chan_width: Channel width of the station
   6756 	 * @rx_nss: RX_NSS of the station
   6757 	 *
   6758 	 * This is used as data with EVENT_STATION_OPMODE_CHANGED.
   6759 	 */
   6760 	struct sta_opmode {
   6761 		const u8 *addr;
   6762 		enum smps_mode smps_mode;
   6763 		enum chan_width chan_width;
   6764 		u8 rx_nss;
   6765 	} sta_opmode;
   6766 
   6767 	/**
   6768 	 * struct wds_sta_interface - Data for EVENT_WDS_STA_INTERFACE_STATUS.
   6769 	 */
   6770 	struct wds_sta_interface {
   6771 		const u8 *sta_addr;
   6772 		const char *ifname;
   6773 		enum {
   6774 			INTERFACE_ADDED,
   6775 			INTERFACE_REMOVED
   6776 		} istatus;
   6777 	} wds_sta_interface;
   6778 
   6779 	/**
   6780 	 * struct update_dh - Data for EVENT_UPDATE_DH
   6781 	 */
   6782 	struct update_dh {
   6783 		const u8 *peer;
   6784 		const u8 *ie;
   6785 		size_t ie_len;
   6786 		int assoc_link_id;
   6787 		const u8 *link_addr;
   6788 	} update_dh;
   6789 
   6790 	/**
   6791 	 * struct unprot_beacon - Data for EVENT_UNPROT_BEACON
   6792 	 */
   6793 	struct unprot_beacon {
   6794 		const u8 *sa;
   6795 	} unprot_beacon;
   6796 
   6797 	/**
   6798 	 * struct bss_color_collision - Data for EVENT_BSS_COLOR_COLLISION
   6799 	 */
   6800 	struct bss_color_collision {
   6801 		u64 bitmap;
   6802 		int link_id;
   6803 	} bss_color_collision;
   6804 
   6805 	/**
   6806 	 * struct pasn_auth - Data for EVENT_PASN_AUTH
   6807 	 */
   6808 	struct pasn_auth pasn_auth;
   6809 
   6810 	/**
   6811 	 * struct port_authorized - Data for EVENT_PORT_AUTHORIZED
   6812 	 * @td_bitmap: For STA mode, transition disable bitmap, if received in
   6813 	 *	EAPOL-Key msg 3/4
   6814 	 * @td_bitmap_len: For STA mode, length of td_bitmap
   6815 	 * @sta_addr: For AP mode, the MAC address of the associated STA
   6816 	 *
   6817 	 * This event is used to indicate that the port is authorized and
   6818 	 * open for normal data in STA and AP modes when 4-way handshake is
   6819 	 * offloaded to the driver.
   6820 	 */
   6821 	struct port_authorized {
   6822 		const u8 *td_bitmap;
   6823 		size_t td_bitmap_len;
   6824 		const u8 *sta_addr;
   6825 	} port_authorized;
   6826 
   6827 	/**
   6828 	 * struct tid_link_map_info - Data for EVENT_TID_LINK_MAP
   6829 	 */
   6830 	struct tid_link_map_info {
   6831 		bool default_map;
   6832 		u8 valid_links;
   6833 		struct t2lm_mapping t2lmap[MAX_NUM_MLD_LINKS];
   6834 	} t2l_map_info;
   6835 };
   6836 
   6837 /**
   6838  * wpa_supplicant_event - Report a driver event for wpa_supplicant
   6839  * @ctx: Context pointer (wpa_s); this is the ctx variable registered
   6840  *	with struct wpa_driver_ops::init()
   6841  * @event: event type (defined above)
   6842  * @data: possible extra data for the event
   6843  *
   6844  * Driver wrapper code should call this function whenever an event is received
   6845  * from the driver.
   6846  */
   6847 void wpa_supplicant_event(void *ctx, enum wpa_event_type event,
   6848 			  union wpa_event_data *data);
   6849 
   6850 /**
   6851  * wpa_supplicant_event_global - Report a driver event for wpa_supplicant
   6852  * @ctx: Context pointer (wpa_s); this is the ctx variable registered
   6853  *	with struct wpa_driver_ops::init()
   6854  * @event: event type (defined above)
   6855  * @data: possible extra data for the event
   6856  *
   6857  * Same as wpa_supplicant_event(), but we search for the interface in
   6858  * wpa_global.
   6859  */
   6860 void wpa_supplicant_event_global(void *ctx, enum wpa_event_type event,
   6861 				 union wpa_event_data *data);
   6862 
   6863 /*
   6864  * The following inline functions are provided for convenience to simplify
   6865  * event indication for some of the common events.
   6866  */
   6867 
   6868 static inline void drv_event_assoc(void *ctx, const u8 *addr, const u8 *req_ies,
   6869 				   size_t req_ielen, const u8 *resp_ies,
   6870 				   size_t resp_ielen, const u8 *link_addr,
   6871 				   int assoc_link_id, int reassoc)
   6872 {
   6873 	union wpa_event_data event;
   6874 	os_memset(&event, 0, sizeof(event));
   6875 	event.assoc_info.reassoc = reassoc;
   6876 	event.assoc_info.req_ies = req_ies;
   6877 	event.assoc_info.req_ies_len = req_ielen;
   6878 	event.assoc_info.resp_ies = resp_ies;
   6879 	event.assoc_info.resp_ies_len = resp_ielen;
   6880 	event.assoc_info.addr = addr;
   6881 	event.assoc_info.link_addr = link_addr;
   6882 	event.assoc_info.assoc_link_id = assoc_link_id;
   6883 	wpa_supplicant_event(ctx, EVENT_ASSOC, &event);
   6884 }
   6885 
   6886 static inline void drv_event_disassoc(void *ctx, const u8 *addr)
   6887 {
   6888 	union wpa_event_data event;
   6889 	os_memset(&event, 0, sizeof(event));
   6890 	event.disassoc_info.addr = addr;
   6891 	wpa_supplicant_event(ctx, EVENT_DISASSOC, &event);
   6892 }
   6893 
   6894 static inline void drv_event_eapol_rx(void *ctx, const u8 *src, const u8 *data,
   6895 				      size_t data_len)
   6896 {
   6897 	union wpa_event_data event;
   6898 	os_memset(&event, 0, sizeof(event));
   6899 	event.eapol_rx.src = src;
   6900 	event.eapol_rx.data = data;
   6901 	event.eapol_rx.data_len = data_len;
   6902 	event.eapol_rx.encrypted = FRAME_ENCRYPTION_UNKNOWN;
   6903 	event.eapol_rx.link_id = -1;
   6904 	wpa_supplicant_event(ctx, EVENT_EAPOL_RX, &event);
   6905 }
   6906 
   6907 static inline void drv_event_eapol_rx2(void *ctx, const u8 *src, const u8 *data,
   6908 				       size_t data_len,
   6909 				       enum frame_encryption encrypted,
   6910 				       int link_id)
   6911 {
   6912 	union wpa_event_data event;
   6913 	os_memset(&event, 0, sizeof(event));
   6914 	event.eapol_rx.src = src;
   6915 	event.eapol_rx.data = data;
   6916 	event.eapol_rx.data_len = data_len;
   6917 	event.eapol_rx.encrypted = encrypted;
   6918 	event.eapol_rx.link_id = link_id;
   6919 	wpa_supplicant_event(ctx, EVENT_EAPOL_RX, &event);
   6920 }
   6921 
   6922 /* driver_common.c */
   6923 void wpa_scan_results_free(struct wpa_scan_results *res);
   6924 
   6925 /* Convert wpa_event_type to a string for logging */
   6926 const char * event_to_string(enum wpa_event_type event);
   6927 
   6928 /* Convert chan_width to a string for logging and control interfaces */
   6929 const char * channel_width_to_string(enum chan_width width);
   6930 
   6931 int channel_width_to_int(enum chan_width width);
   6932 
   6933 int ht_supported(const struct hostapd_hw_modes *mode);
   6934 int vht_supported(const struct hostapd_hw_modes *mode);
   6935 bool he_supported(const struct hostapd_hw_modes *hw_mode,
   6936 		  enum ieee80211_op_mode op_mode);
   6937 
   6938 struct wowlan_triggers *
   6939 wpa_get_wowlan_triggers(const char *wowlan_triggers,
   6940 			const struct wpa_driver_capa *capa);
   6941 /* Convert driver flag to string */
   6942 const char * driver_flag_to_string(u64 flag);
   6943 const char * driver_flag2_to_string(u64 flag2);
   6944 
   6945 /* NULL terminated array of linked in driver wrappers */
   6946 extern const struct wpa_driver_ops *const wpa_drivers[];
   6947 
   6948 
   6949 /* Available drivers */
   6950 
   6951 #ifdef CONFIG_DRIVER_WEXT
   6952 extern const struct wpa_driver_ops wpa_driver_wext_ops; /* driver_wext.c */
   6953 #endif /* CONFIG_DRIVER_WEXT */
   6954 #ifdef CONFIG_DRIVER_NL80211
   6955 /* driver_nl80211.c */
   6956 extern const struct wpa_driver_ops wpa_driver_nl80211_ops;
   6957 #endif /* CONFIG_DRIVER_NL80211 */
   6958 #ifdef CONFIG_DRIVER_HOSTAP
   6959 extern const struct wpa_driver_ops wpa_driver_hostap_ops; /* driver_hostap.c */
   6960 #endif /* CONFIG_DRIVER_HOSTAP */
   6961 #ifdef CONFIG_DRIVER_BSD
   6962 extern const struct wpa_driver_ops wpa_driver_bsd_ops; /* driver_bsd.c */
   6963 #endif /* CONFIG_DRIVER_BSD */
   6964 #ifdef CONFIG_DRIVER_OPENBSD
   6965 /* driver_openbsd.c */
   6966 extern const struct wpa_driver_ops wpa_driver_openbsd_ops;
   6967 #endif /* CONFIG_DRIVER_OPENBSD */
   6968 #ifdef CONFIG_DRIVER_NDIS
   6969 extern struct wpa_driver_ops wpa_driver_ndis_ops; /* driver_ndis.c */
   6970 #endif /* CONFIG_DRIVER_NDIS */
   6971 #ifdef CONFIG_DRIVER_WIRED
   6972 extern const struct wpa_driver_ops wpa_driver_wired_ops; /* driver_wired.c */
   6973 #endif /* CONFIG_DRIVER_WIRED */
   6974 #ifdef CONFIG_DRIVER_MACSEC_QCA
   6975 /* driver_macsec_qca.c */
   6976 extern const struct wpa_driver_ops wpa_driver_macsec_qca_ops;
   6977 #endif /* CONFIG_DRIVER_MACSEC_QCA */
   6978 #ifdef CONFIG_DRIVER_MACSEC_LINUX
   6979 /* driver_macsec_linux.c */
   6980 extern const struct wpa_driver_ops wpa_driver_macsec_linux_ops;
   6981 #endif /* CONFIG_DRIVER_MACSEC_LINUX */
   6982 #ifdef CONFIG_DRIVER_ROBOSWITCH
   6983 /* driver_roboswitch.c */
   6984 extern const struct wpa_driver_ops wpa_driver_roboswitch_ops;
   6985 #endif /* CONFIG_DRIVER_ROBOSWITCH */
   6986 #ifdef CONFIG_DRIVER_ATHEROS
   6987 /* driver_atheros.c */
   6988 extern const struct wpa_driver_ops wpa_driver_atheros_ops;
   6989 #endif /* CONFIG_DRIVER_ATHEROS */
   6990 #ifdef CONFIG_DRIVER_NONE
   6991 extern const struct wpa_driver_ops wpa_driver_none_ops; /* driver_none.c */
   6992 #endif /* CONFIG_DRIVER_NONE */
   6993 
   6994 #endif /* DRIVER_H */
   6995